ImageMagick COM+ Compatible Component

- +

Introduction to the ImageMagickObject COM+ Object

@@ -236,14 +187,14 @@

ImageMagick provides a statically-built ImageMagick object as part of its Windows installation package. When this package is installed, ImageMagickObject and its sample programs are installed to this path:

-  c:\Program Files\ImageMagick-7.0.0-Q16\ImageMagickObject
+  c:\Program Files\ImageMagick-6.8.6-Q16\ImageMagickObject

The ImageMagickObject is registered if the checkbox, Register ImageMagickObject, is checked at install time.

To execute the sample program from the Windows Command Shell, type:

$ cscript SimpleTest.vbs

Since the ImageMagick utility command line parsers are incorporated within ImageMagickObject, please refer to the command-line tools discussion to learn how to use it. The sample VBS scripts show how the object should be called and used and have lots of comments.

C++ programmers should have a look at the MagickCMD.cpp command line utility for an example of how to call the object from C++. The object requires a variable size list of BSTR's to emulate the command line argc, argv style calling conventions of the COM component which is more complex in C++ then in VBS or VB.

@@ -259,15 +210,15 @@

Once the VisualStaticMT project has been built, build the ImageMagickObject with this procedure:

$ cd ImageMagick/contrib/win32/ATL7/ImageMagickObject $ BuildImageMagickObject release

Here, we assume that the VisualStaticMT project has been built using the release setting for an optimized build. If the debug setting was used for a debug build, specify the argument debug; instead.

To register the DLL as a COM+ server, type

$ regsvr32 /c /s ImageMagickObject.dll

To unregister the DLL, type

$ regsvr32 /u /s ImageMagickObject.dll

Use MagickCMD to exercise ImageMagickObject to verify that it is working properly.

@@ -278,8 +229,8 @@ - Discourse Server • - Studio • + Discourse Server â¢ + Studio â¢ JqMagick diff --git a/www/Magick++/Blob.html b/www/Magick++/Blob.html index 924dede06..4dc6477df 100644 --- a/www/Magick++/Blob.html +++ b/www/Magick++/Blob.html @@ -1,10 +1,93 @@ - - + + + - - + +Magick++ API: Working with Blobs + +

Magick::Blob

Blob provides the means to contain any opaque data. It is named after the term "Binary Large OBject" commonly used to describe unstructured data (such as encoded images) which is stored in a database. While the function of Blob is very simple (store a pointer and and size associated with allocated data), the Blob class provides some very useful capabilities. In particular, it is fully reference counted just like the Image class.

The Blob class supports value assignment while preserving any outstanding earlier versions of the object. Since assignment is via a pointer internally, Blob is efficient enough to be stored directly in an STL container or any other data structure which requires assignment. In particular, by storing a Blob in an associative container (such as STL's 'map') it is possible to create simple indexed in-memory "database" of Blobs.

Magick++ currently uses Blob to contain encoded images (e.g. JPEG) as well as ICC and IPTC profiles. Since Blob is a general-purpose class, it may be used for other purposes as well.

The methods Blob provides are shown in the following table:

+
+

Blob Methods

+ Method	+ Return Type	+ Signature(s)	+ Description
+ Blob		+ void	+ Default constructor
		+ const void* data_, size_t length_	+ Construct object with data, making a copy of the supplied data
		+ const Blob& blob_	+ Copy constructor (reference counted)
+ operator=	+ Blob	+ const Blob& blob_	+ Assignment operator (reference counted)
+ update	+ void	+ const void* data_, size_t length_	+ Update object contents, making a copy of the supplied data. Any existing data in the object is deallocated.
+ data	+ const void*	+ void	+ Obtain pointer to data
+ length	+ size_t	+ void	+ Obtain data length
+ updateNoCopy	+ void	+ void* data_, size_t length_, Blob::Allocator allocator_ = Blob::NewAllocator	+ Update object contents, using supplied pointer directly (no copy) Any existing data in the object is deallocated. The user must ensure that the pointer supplied is not deleted or otherwise modified after it has been supplied to this method. The optional allocator_ parameter allows the user to specify if the C (MallocAllocator) or C++ (NewAllocator) memory allocation system was used to allocate the memory. The default is to use the C++ memory allocator.

diff --git a/www/Magick++/CoderInfo.html b/www/Magick++/CoderInfo.html index 924dede06..02b6d0af4 100644 --- a/www/Magick++/CoderInfo.html +++ b/www/Magick++/CoderInfo.html @@ -1,10 +1,104 @@ - - + + + - - + +Magick++ API: Access Raw Image Pixels + +

Magick::CoderInfo

The CoderInfo class provides the means to provide information regarding ImageMagick support for an image format (designated by a magick string). It may be used to provide support for a specific named format (provided as an argument to the constructor), or as an element of a container when format support is queried using the coderInfoList() templated function.

The following code fragment illustrates how CoderInfo may be used.

+CoderInfo info("GIF"); 
+cout < info->name() << ": (" << info->description() << ") : "; 
+cout << "Readable = "; 
+if ( info->isReadable() ) 
+  cout << "true"; 
+else 
+  cout << "false"; 
+cout << ", "; 
+cout << "Writable = "; 
+if ( info->isWritable() ) 
+  cout << "true"; 
+else 
+  cout << "false"; 
+cout << ", "; 
+cout << "Multiframe = "; 
+if ( info->isMultiframe() ) 
+  cout << "true"; 
+else 
+  cout << "false"; 
+cout << endl;
+

The methods available in the CoderInfo class are shown in the following table:

+
+

CoderInfo Methods

+ Method	+ Returns	+ Signature	+ Description
+ CoderInfo		+ void	+ Construct object corresponding to named format (e.g. "GIF"). An exception is thrown if the format is not supported.
+ name	+ std::string	+ void	+ Format name (e.g. "GIF").
+ description	+ std::string	+ void	+ Format description (e.g. "CompuServe graphics interchange format").
+ isReadable	+ bool	+ void	+ Format is readable.
+ isWritable	+ bool	+ void	+ Format is writeable.
+ isMultiFrame	+ bool	+ void	+ Format supports multiple frames.

diff --git a/www/Magick++/Color.html b/www/Magick++/Color.html index 924dede06..ecbf4a400 100644 --- a/www/Magick++/Color.html +++ b/www/Magick++/Color.html @@ -1,10 +1,260 @@ - - + + + - - + +Magick++ API: Working with Color + +

Magick::Color

Color is the base color class in Magick++. It is a simple container class for the pixel red, green, blue, and alpha values scaled to fit ImageMagick's Quantum size. Normally users will instantiate a class derived from Color which supports the color model that fits the needs of the application. The Color class may be constructed directly from an SVG-style color string.

Quantum

+ +The base type used to represent color samples in ImageMagick is the Quantum type. Pixels are represented by a structure of Quantum values. For example, an RGB pixel contains red, green, and blue quantums, while an RGBA pixel contains red, green, blue, and opacity quantums. The maximum value that a Quantum can attain is specified by a constant value represented by the MaxRGB define, which is itself determined by the number of bits in a Quantum. The QuantumDepth build option determines the number of bits in a Quantum. + +

PixelPacket

+ +PixelPacket is the internal representation of a pixel in ImageMagick. ImageMagick may be compiled to support 32, 64, or 128 bit pixels of type PixelPacket. This is controlled by the value of the QuantumDepth define. The default is 32 bit pixels (QuantumDepth=8), which provides the best performance and the least resource consumption. If additional color precision or range is desired, then ImageMagick may be compiled with QuantumDepth=16 or QuantumDepth=32. The following table shows the relationship between QuantumDepth, the type of Quantum, and the overall PixelPacket size. +

Effect Of QuantumDepth Values

+ + ++++ + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +

+ QuantumDepth	+ Quantum Typedef	+ PixelPacket Size
+ 8	+ unsigned char	+ 32 bits
+ 16	+ unsigned short	+ 64 bits
+ 32	+ unsigned int	+ 128 bits

Color Class

The Color base class is not intended to be used directly. Normally a user will construct a derived class or inherit from this class. Color arguments are must be scaled to fit the Quantum size. The Color class contains a pointer to a PixelPacket, which may be allocated by the Color class, or may refer to an existing pixel in an image.

An alternate way to construct the class is via an SVG-compatible color specification string (e.g. Color("red") or Color ("#FF0000")). Since the class may be constructed from a string, convenient strings may be passed in place of an explicit Color object in methods which accept a reference to Color. Color may also be converted to a std::string for convenience in user interfaces, and for saving settings to a text file.

+class Color +{ + public: + Color ( Quantum red_, + Quantum green_, + Quantum blue_ ); + Color ( Quantum red_, + Quantum green_, + Quantum blue_, + Quantum alpha_ ); + Color ( const std::string &svgColor_ ); + Color ( const char * svgColor_ ); + Color ( void ); + virtual ~Color ( void ); + Color ( const Color & color_ ); + + // Red color (range 0 to MaxRGB) + void redQuantum ( Quantum red_ ); + Quantum redQuantum ( void ) const; + + // Green color (range 0 to MaxRGB) + void greenQuantum ( Quantum green_ ); + Quantum greenQuantum ( void ) const; + + // Blue color (range 0 to MaxRGB) + void blueQuantum ( Quantum blue_ ); + Quantum blueQuantum ( void ) const; + + // Alpha level (range OpaqueOpacity=0 to TransparentOpacity=MaxRGB) + void alphaQuantum ( Quantum alpha_ ); + Quantum alphaQuantum ( void ) const; + + // Scaled (to 1.0) version of alpha for use in sub-classes + // (range opaque=0 to transparent=1.0) + void alpha ( double alpha_ ); + double alpha ( void ) const; + + // Does object contain valid color? + void isValid ( bool valid_ ); + bool isValid ( void ) const; + + // Set color via SVG color specification string + const Color& operator= ( const std::string &svgColor_ ); + const Color& operator= ( const char * svgColor_ ); + + // Assignment operator + Color& operator= ( const Color& color_ ); + + // Return SVG color specification string + /* virtual */ operator std::string() const; + + // Return ImageMagick PixelPacket + operator PixelPacket() const; + + // Construct color via ImageMagick PixelPacket + Color ( const PixelPacket &color_ ); + + // Set color via ImageMagick PixelPacket + const Color& operator= ( PixelPacket &color_ ); +}; +

Color Derived Classes

+ ColorRGB	+ Representation of RGB color with red, green, and blue specified as ratios (0 to 1)
+ ColorGray	+ Representation of grayscale sRGB color (equal parts red, green, and blue) specified as a ratio (0 to 1)
+ ColorMono	+ Representation of a black/white color (true/false)
+ ColorYUV	+ Representation of a color in the YUV colorspace

ColorRGB

Representation of an sRGB color. All color arguments have a valid range of 0.0 - 1.0.

+class ColorRGB : public Color 
+{ 
+  public: 
+    ColorRGB ( double red_, double green_, double blue_ ); 
+    ColorRGB ( void ); 
+    ColorRGB ( const Color & color_ ); 
+    /* virtual */  ~ColorRGB ( void ); 
+  
+    void           red ( double red_ ); 
+    double         red ( void ) const; 
+  
+    void           green ( double green_ ); 
+    double         green ( void ) const; 
+  
+    void           blue ( double blue_ ); 
+    double         blue ( void ) const;
+
+    // Assignment operator from base class 
+    ColorRGB& operator= ( const Color& color_ ); 
+}; 
+

ColorGray

Representation of a grayscale color (in linear colorspace). Grayscale is simply RGB with equal parts of red, green, and blue. All double arguments have a valid range of 0.0 - 1.0.

+class ColorGray : public Color 
+{ 
+  public: 
+    ColorGray ( double shade_ ); 
+    ColorGray ( void ); 
+    ColorGray ( const Color & color_ ); 
+    /* virtual */ ~ColorGray ();
+
+    void           shade ( double shade_ ); 
+    double         shade ( void ) const;
+
+    // Assignment operator from base class 
+    ColorGray& operator= ( const Color& color_ ); 
+}; 
+

ColorMono

Representation of a black/white pixel (in RGB colorspace). Color arguments are constrained to 'false' (black pixel) and 'true' (white pixel).

+class ColorMono : public Color 
+{ 
+  public: 
+    ColorMono ( bool mono_ ); 
+    ColorMono ( void ); 
+    ColorMono ( const Color & color_ ); 
+    /* virtual */ ~ColorMono (); 
+  
+    void           mono ( bool mono_ ); 
+    bool           mono ( void ) const;
+
+    // Assignment operator from base class 
+    ColorMono& operator= ( const Color& color_ ); 
+}; 
+

ColorHSL

Representation of a color in Hue/Saturation/Luminosity (HSL) colorspace.

+class ColorHSL : public Color 
+{ 
+  public: 
+    ColorHSL ( double hue_, double saturation_, double luminosity_ ); 
+    ColorHSL ( void ); 
+    ColorHSL ( const Color & color_ ); 
+    /* virtual */  ~ColorHSL ( ); 
+  
+    void           hue ( double hue_ ); 
+    double         hue ( void ) const; 
+  
+    void           saturation ( double saturation_ ); 
+    double         saturation ( void ) const; 
+  
+    void           luminosity ( double luminosity_ ); 
+    double         luminosity ( void ) const;
+
+    // Assignment operator from base class 
+    ColorHSL& operator= ( const Color& color_ ); 
+}; 
+

ColorYUV

Representation of a color in YUV colorspace (used to encode color for television transmission).

Argument ranges:

Y: 0.0 through 1.0

U: -0.5 through 0.5

V: -0.5 through 0.5

+ +

+class ColorYUV : public Color 
+{ 
+  public: 
+    ColorYUV ( double y_, double u_, double v_ ); 
+    ColorYUV ( void ); 
+    ColorYUV ( const Color & color_ ); 
+    /* virtual */ ~ColorYUV ( void ); 
+  
+    void           u ( double u_ ); 
+    double         u ( void ) const; 
+  
+    void           v ( double v_ ); 
+    double         v ( void ) const; 
+  
+    void           y ( double y_ ); 
+    double         y ( void ) const;
+
+    // Assignment operator from base class 
+    ColorYUV& operator= ( const Color& color_ ); 
+}; 
+

diff --git a/www/Magick++/Documentation.html b/www/Magick++/Documentation.html index 924dede06..f9cb2567c 100644 --- a/www/Magick++/Documentation.html +++ b/www/Magick++/Documentation.html @@ -1,10 +1,68 @@ - - + + + - - + +Magick++ API Documentation + +

Magick++ provides a simple C++ API to the ImageMagick image processing library which supports reading and writing a huge number of image formats as well as supporting a broad spectrum of traditional image processing operations. The ImageMagick C API is complex and the data structures are currently not documented. Magick++ provides access to most of the features available from the C API but in a simple object-oriented and well-documented framework.

Magick++ is intended to support commercial-grade application development. In order to avoid possible conflicts with the user's application, all symbols contained in Magick++ (included by the header <Magick++.h>) are scoped to the namespace Magick. Symbols from the ImageMagick C library are imported under the MagickCore namespace to avoid possible conflicts and ImageMagick macros are only included within the Magick++ implementation so they won't impact the user's application.

The core class in Magick++ is the Image class. The Image class provides methods to manipulate a single image frame (e.g. a JPEG image). Standard Template Library (STL)compatible algorithms and function objects are provided in order to manipulate multiple image frames or to read and write file formats which support multiple image frames (e.g. GIF animations, MPEG animations, and Postscript files).

The Image class supports reference-counted memory management which supports the semantics of an intrinsic variable type (e.g. 'int') with an extremely efficient operator = and copy constructor (only a pointer is assigned) while ensuring that the image data is replicated as required so that it the image may be modified without impacting earlier generations. Since the Image class manages heap memory internally, images are best allocated via C++ automatic (stack-based) memory allocation. This support allows most programs using Magick++ to be written without using any pointers, simplifying the implementation and avoiding the risks of using pointers. When a program uses automatic memory allocation to allocate Magick++ images, that aspect of the program becomes naturally exception-safe and thread-safe.

The image class uses a number of supportive classes in order to specify arguments. Colors are specified via the Color class. Colors specified in X11-style string form are implicitly converted to the Color class. Geometry arguments (those specifying width, height, and/or x and y offset) are specified via the Geometry class. Similar to the Color class, geometries specified as an X11-style string are implicitly converted to the Geometry class. Two dimensional drawable objects are specified via the Drawable class. Drawable objects may be provided as a single object or as a list of objects to be rendered using the current image options. Montage options (a montage is a rendered grid of thumbnails in one image) are specified via the Montage class.

Errors are reported using C++ exceptions derived from the Exception class, which is itself derived from the standard C++ exception class. Exceptions are reported synchronous with the operation and are caught by the first matching try block as the stack is unraveled. This allows a clean coding style in which multiple related Magick++ commands may be executed with errors handled as a unit rather than line-by-line. Since the Image object provides reference-counted memory management, unreferenced images on the stack are automagically cleaned up, avoiding the potential for memory leaks.

For ease of access, the documentation for the available user-level classes is available via the following table.

+
+

*Magick++* User-Level Classes
Blob	Binary Large OBject container.
CoderInfo	Report information about supported image formats (use with +coderInfoList())
Color	Color specification.
Drawable	Drawable shape (for input to 'draw').
Exception	C++ exception objects.
Geometry	Geometry specification.
Image	Image frame. This is the primary object in Magick++.
Montage	Montage options for montageImages().
Pixels	Low-level access to image pixels.
STL	STL algorithms and function objects for operating on +containers of image frames.
TypeMetric	Container for font type metrics (use with +Image::fontTypeMetrics).

diff --git a/www/Magick++/Drawable.html b/www/Magick++/Drawable.html index 924dede06..bf036455b 100644 --- a/www/Magick++/Drawable.html +++ b/www/Magick++/Drawable.html @@ -1,10 +1,798 @@ - - + + + - - + +Magick++ API: Drawing on Images + +

Magick::Drawable

Drawable provides a convenient interface for preparing vector, image, or text arguments for the Image::draw() method. Each instance of a Drawable sub-class represents a single drawable object. Drawable objects may be drawn "one-by-one" via multiple invocations of the Image draw() method, or may be drawn "all-at-once" by passing a list of Drawable objects to the Image draw() method. The one-by-one approach is convenient for simple drawings, while the list-based approach is appropriate for drawings which require more sophistication.

The following is an example using the Drawable subclasses with a one-by-one approach to draw the following figure:

+#include <string> +#include <iostream> +#include <Magick++.h> + +using namespace std; +using namespace Magick; + +int main(int /*argc*/,char **argv) +{ + try { + InitializeMagick(*argv); + + // Create base image (white image of 300 by 200 pixels) + Image image( Geometry(300,200), Color("white") ); + + // Set draw options + image.strokeColor("red"); // Outline color + image.fillColor("green"); // Fill color + image.strokeWidth(5); + + // Draw a circle + image.draw( DrawableCircle(100,100, 50,100) ); + + // Draw a rectangle + image.draw( DrawableRectangle(200,200, 270,170) ); + + // Display the result + image.display( ); + } + catch( exception &error_ ) + { + cout << "Caught exception: " << error_.what() << endl; + return 1; + } + + return 0; +} +

Since Drawable is an object it may be saved in an array or a list for later (perhaps repeated) use. The following example shows how to draw the same figure using the list-based approach:

+#include <string> +#include <iostream> +#include <list> +#include <Magick++.h> + +using namespace std; +using namespace Magick; + +int main(int /*argc*/,char **/*argv*/) +{ + try { + + InitializeMagick(*argv); + + // Create base image (white image of 300 by 200 pixels) + Image image( Geometry(300,200), Color("white") ); + + // Construct drawing list + std::list<Magick::Drawable> drawList; + + // Add some drawing options to drawing list + drawList.push_back(DrawableStrokeColor("red")); // Outline color + drawList.push_back(DrawableStrokeWidth(5)); // Stroke width + drawList.push_back(DrawableFillColor("green")); // Fill color + + // Add a Circle to drawing list + drawList.push_back(DrawableCircle(100,100, 50,100)); + + // Add a Rectangle to drawing list + drawList.push_back(DrawableRectangle(200,100, 270,170)); + + // Draw everything using completed drawing list + image.draw(drawList); + + // Display the result + image.display( ); + } + catch( exception &error_ ) + { + cout << "Caught exception: " << error_.what() << endl; + return 1; + } + + return 0; +} +

Drawable depends on the simple Coordinate structure which represents a pair of x,y coodinates. The methods provided by the Coordinate structure are shown in the following table:

Coordinate Structure Methods

+ Method/Member	+ Signature	+ Description
+ Coordinate	+ void	+ Default Constructor
+ Coordinate	+ double x_, double y_	+ Constructor, setting first & second
+ x	+ double x_	+ x coordinate member
+ y	+ double y_	+ y coordinate member

The Drawable classes are shown in the following table. Only constructor signatures are documented here. Each Drawable class also provides methods by which each individual parameter may be adjusted.

Drawable Classes

+ Sub-Class	+ Constructor Signature	+ Description
+ DrawableAffine	+ double sx_, double sy_, double rx_, double ry_, double tx_, double ty_	+ Specify a transformation matrix to adjust scaling, rotation, and translation (coordinate transformation) for subsequently drawn objects in the same or decendent drawing context. The sx_ & sy_ parameters represent the x & y scale factors, the rx_ & ry_ parameters represent the x & y rotation, and the tx_ & ty_ parameters represent the x & y translation.
+ DrawableAffine	+ void	+ Specify a transformation matrix to adjust scaling, rotation, and translation (coordinate transformation) for subsequently drawn objects in the same or decendent drawing context. Initialized to unity (no effect) affine values. Use class methods (not currently documented) to adjust individual parameters from their unity values.
+ DrawableAngle	+ double angle_	+ Set drawing angle
+ DrawableArc	+ double startX_, double startY_, double endX_, double endY_, double startDegrees, double endDegrees_	+ Draw an arc using the stroke color and based on the circle starting at coordinates startX_,startY_, and ending with coordinates endX_,endY_, and bounded by the rotational arc startDegrees_,endDegrees_
+ DrawableBezier	+ const std::list<Magick::Coordinate> &coordinates_	+ Draw a bezier curve using the stroke color and based on the coordinates specified by the coordinates_ list.
+ DrawableClipPath	+ const std::string &id_	+ Select a drawing clip path matching id_.
+ DrawableCircle	+ double originX_, double originY_, double perimX_, double perimY_	+ Draw a circle using the stroke color and thickness using specified origin and perimeter coordinates. If a fill color is specified, then the object is filled.
+ DrawableColor	+ double x_, double y_, PaintMethod paintMethod_	+ Color image according to paintMethod. The point method recolors the target pixel. The replace method recolors any pixel that matches the color of the target pixel. Floodfill recolors any pixel that matches the color of the target pixel and is a neighbor, whereas filltoborder recolors any neighbor pixel that is not the border color. Finally, reset recolors all pixels.
+ DrawableCompositeImage	+ double x_, double y_, const std::string &filename_	+ Composite current image with contents of specified image, at specified coordinates. If the matte attribute is set to true, then the image composition will consider an alpha channel, or transparency, present in the image file so that non-opaque portions allow part (or all) of the composite image to show through.
	+ double x_, double y_, const Image &image_
	+ double x_, double y_, double width_, double height_, const std::string &filename_	+ Composite current image with contents of specified image, rendered with specified width and height, at specified coordinates. If the matte attribute is set to true, then the image composition will consider an alpha channel, or transparency, present in the image file so that non-opaque portions allow part (or all) of the composite image to show through. If the specified width or height is zero, then the image is composited at its natural size, without enlargement or reduction.
	+ double x_, double y_, double width_, double height_, const Image &image_
	+ double x_, double y_, double width_, double height_, const std::string &filename_, CompositeOperator composition_	+ Composite current image with contents of specified image, rendered with specified width and height, using specified composition algorithm, at specified coordinates. If the matte attribute is set to true, then the image composition will consider an alpha channel, or transparency, present in the image file so that non-opaque portions allow part (or all) of the composite image to show through. If the specified width or height is zero, then the image is composited at its natural size, without enlargement or reduction.
	+ double x_, double y_, double width_, double height_, const Image &image_, CompositeOperator composition_
+ DrawableDashArray	+ const double* dasharray_	+ Specify the pattern of dashes and gaps used to stroke paths. The strokeDashArray represents a zero-terminated array of numbers that specify the lengths of alternating dashes and gaps in pixels. If an odd number of values is provided, then the list of values is repeated to yield an even number of values. A typical strokeDashArray_ array might contain the members 5 3 2 0, where the zero value indicates the end of the pattern array.
+ DrawableDashOffset	+ double offset_	+ Specify the distance into the dash pattern to start the dash. See documentation on SVG's stroke-dashoffset property for usage details.
+ DrawableEllipse	+ double originX_, double originY_, double radiusX_, double radiusY_, double arcStart_, double arcEnd_	+ Draw an ellipse using the stroke color and thickness, specified origin, x & y radius, as well as specified start and end of arc in degrees. If a fill color is specified, then the object is filled.
+ DrawableFillColor	+ const Color &color_	+ Specify drawing object fill color.
+ DrawableFillRule	+ FillRule fillRule_	+ Specify the algorithm which is to be used to determine what parts of the canvas are included inside the shape. See documentation on SVG's fill-rule property for usage details.
+ DrawableFillOpacity	+ double opacity_	+ Specify opacity to use when drawing using fill color.
+ DrawableFont	+ const std::string &font_	+ Specify font name to use when drawing text.
+ DrawableFont	+ const std::string &family_, +StyleType style_, +unsigned int weight_, +StretchType stretch_	+ Specify font family, style, weight (one of the set { 100 \| 200 \| 300 \| 400 \| 500 \| 600 \| 700 \| 800 \| 900 } with 400 being the normal size), and stretch to be used to select the font used when drawing text. Wildcard matches may be applied to style via the AnyStyle enumeration, applied to weight if weight is zero, and applied to stretch via the AnyStretch enumeration.
+ DrawableGravity	+ GravityType gravity_	+ Specify text positioning gravity.
+ DrawableLine	+ double startX_, double startY_, double endX_, double endY_	+ Draw a line using stroke color and thickness using starting and ending coordinates
+ DrawableMatte	+ double x_, double y_, PaintMethod paintMethod_	+ Change the pixel matte value to transparent. The point method changes the matte value of the target pixel. The replace method changes the matte value of any pixel that matches the color of the target pixel. Floodfill changes the matte value of any pixel that matches the color of the target pixel and is a neighbor, whereas filltoborder changes the matte value of any neighbor pixel that is not the border color, Finally reset changes the matte value of all pixels.
+ DrawableMiterLimit	+ size_t miterLimit_	+ Specify miter limit. When two line segments meet at a sharp angle and miter joins have been specified for 'lineJoin', it is possible for the miter to extend far beyond the thickness of the line stroking the path. The miterLimit' imposes a limit on the ratio of the miter length to the 'lineWidth'. The default value of this parameter is 4.
+ DrawablePath	+ const std::list<Magick::VPath> &path_	+ Draw on image using vector path.
+ DrawablePoint	+ double x_, double y_	+ Draw a point using stroke color and thickness at coordinate
+ DrawablePointSize	+ double pointSize_	+ Set font point size.
+ DrawablePolygon	+ const std::list<Magick::Coordinate> &coordinates_	+ Draw an arbitrary polygon using stroke color and thickness consisting of three or more coordinates contained in an STL list. If a fill color is specified, then the object is filled.
+ DrawablePolyline	+ const std::list<Magick::Coordinate> &coordinates_	+ Draw an arbitrary polyline using stroke color and thickness consisting of three or more coordinates contained in an STL list. If a fill color is specified, then the object is filled.
+ DrawablePopClipPath	+ void	+ Pop (terminate) clip path definition started by DrawablePushClipPath.
+ DrawablePopGraphicContext	+ void	+ Pop Graphic Context. Removing the current graphic context from the graphic context stack restores the options to the values they had prior to the preceding DrawablePushGraphicContext operation.
+ DrawablePushClipPath	+ const std::string &id_	+ Push (create) clip path definition with id_. Clip patch definition consists of subsequent drawing commands, terminated by DrawablePopClipPath.
+ DrawablePushGraphicContext	+ void	+ Push Graphic Context. When a graphic context is pushed, options set after the context is pushed (such as coordinate transformations, color settings, etc.) are saved to a new graphic context. This allows related options to be saved on a graphic context "stack" in order to support heirarchical nesting of options. When DrawablePopGraphicContext is used to pop the current graphic context, the options in effect during the last DrawablePushGraphicContext operation are restored.
+ DrawablePushPattern	+ std::string &id_, ssize_t x_, ssize_t y_, size_t width_, size_t height_	+ Start a pattern definition with arbitrary pattern name specified by id_, pattern offset specified by x_ and y_, and pattern size specified by width_ and height_. The pattern is defined within the coordinate system defined by the specified offset and size. Arbitrary drawing objects (including DrawableCompositeImage) may be specified between DrawablePushPattern and DrawablePopPattern in order to draw the pattern. Normally the pair DrawablePushGraphicContext & DrawablePopGraphicContext are used to enclose a pattern definition. Pattern definitions are terminated by a DrawablePopPattern object.
+ DrawablePopPattern	+ void	+ Terminate a pattern definition started via DrawablePushPattern.
+ DrawableRectangle	+ double upperLeftX_, double upperLeftY_, double lowerRightX_, double lowerRightY	+ Draw a rectangle using stroke color and thickness from upper-left coordinates to lower-right coordinates. If a fill color is specified, then the object is filled.
+ DrawableRotation	+ double angle_	+ Set rotation to use when drawing (coordinate transformation).
+ DrawableRoundRectangle	+ double centerX_, double centerY_, double width_, double hight_, double cornerWidth_, double cornerHeight_	+ Draw a rounded rectangle using stroke color and thickness, with specified center coordinate, specified width and height, and specified corner width and height. If a fill color is specified, then the object is filled.
+ DrawableScaling	+ double x_, double y_	+ Apply scaling in x and y direction while drawing objects (coordinate transformation).
+ DrawableSkewX	+ double angle_	+ Apply Skew in X direction (coordinate transformation)
+ DrawableSkewY	+ double angle_	+ Apply Skew in Y direction
+ DrawableStrokeAntialias	+ bool flag_	+ Antialias while drawing lines or object outlines.
+ DrawableStrokeColor	+ const Color &color_	+ Set color to use when drawing lines or object outlines.
+ DrawableStrokeLineCap	+ LineCap linecap_	+ Specify the shape to be used at the end of open subpaths when they are stroked. Values of LineCap are UndefinedCap, ButtCap, RoundCap, and SquareCap.
+ DrawableStrokeLineJoin	+ LineJoin linejoin_	+ Specify the shape to be used at the corners of paths (or other vector shapes) when they are stroked. Values of LineJoin are UndefinedJoin, MiterJoin, RoundJoin, and BevelJoin.
+ DrawableStrokeOpacity	+ double opacity_	+ Opacity to use when drawing lines or object outlines.
+ DrawableStrokeWidth	+ double width_	+ Set width to use when drawing lines or object outlines.
+ DrawableText	+ double x_, double y_, std::string text_	+ Annotate image with text using stroke color, font, font pointsize, and box color (text background color), at specified coordinates. If text contains special format characters the image filename, type, width, height, or other image attributes may be incorporated in the text (see label()).
+ DrawableText	+ const double x_, const double y_, const std::string &text_, const std::string &encoding_	+ Annotate image with text represented with text encoding, using current stroke color, font, font pointsize, and box color (text background color), at specified coordinates. If text contains special format characters the image filename, type, width, height, or other image attributes may be incorporated in the text (see label()). + The text encoding specifies the code set to use for text annotations. The only character encoding which may be specified at this time is "UTF-8" for representing Unicode as a sequence of bytes. Specify an empty string to set text encoding to the system's default. Successful text annotation using Unicode may require fonts designed to support Unicode.
+ DrawableTextAntialias	+ bool flag_	+ Antialias while drawing text (default true). The main reason to disable text antialiasing is to avoid adding new colors to the image.
+ DrawableTextDecoration	+ DecorationType decoration_	+ Specify decoration (e.g. UnderlineDecoration) to apply to text.
+ DrawableTextUnderColor	+ const Color &color_	+ Draw a box under rendered text using the specified color.
+ DrawableTranslation	+ double x_, double y_	+ Apply coordinate translation (set new coordinate origin).
+ DrawableViewbox	+ ssize_t x1_, ssize_t y1_, ssize_t x2_, ssize_t y2_	+ Dimensions of the output viewbox. If the image is to be written to a vector format (e.g. MVG or SVG), then a DrawablePushGraphicContext() object should be pushed to the head of the list, followed by a DrawableViewbox() statement to establish the output canvas size. A matching DrawablePopGraphicContext() object should be pushed to the tail of the list.

Vector Path Classes

The vector paths supported by Magick++ are based on those supported by the SVG XML specification. Vector paths are not directly drawable, they must first be supplied as a constructor argument to the DrawablePath class in order to create a drawable object. The DrawablePath class effectively creates a drawable compound component which may be replayed as desired. If the drawable compound component consists only of vector path objects using relative coordinates then the object may be positioned on the image by preceding it with a DrawablePath which sets the current drawing coordinate. Alternatively coordinate transforms may be used to translate the origin in order to position the object, rotate it, skew it, or scale it.

The "moveto" commands

The "moveto" commands establish a new current point. The effect is as if the "pen" were lifted and moved to a new location. A path data segment must begin with either one of the "moveto" commands or one of the "arc" commands. Subsequent "moveto" commands (i.e., when the "moveto" is not the first command) represent the start of a new subpath:

Moveto Classes

+ Sub-Class	+ Constructor Signature	+ Description
+ PathMovetoAbs	+ const Magick::Coordinate &coordinate_	+ Start a new sub-path at the given coordinate. PathMovetoAbs indicates that absolute coordinates will follow; PathMovetoRel indicates that relative coordinates will follow. If a relative moveto appears as the first element of the path, then it is treated as a pair of absolute coordinates. If a moveto is followed by multiple pairs of coordinates, the subsequent pairs are treated as implicit lineto commands.
+ PathMovetoAbs	+ const std::list<Magick::Coordinate> &coordinates_
+ PathMovetoRel	+ const Magick::Coordinate &coordinate_
+ PathMovetoRel	+ const std::list<Magick::Coordinate> &coordinates_

The "closepath" command

The "closepath" command causes an automatic straight line to be drawn from the current point to the initial point of the current subpath:

Closepath Classes

+ Sub-Class	+ Constructor Signature	+ Description
+ PathClosePath	+ void	+ Close the current subpath by drawing a straight line from the current point to current subpath's most recent starting point (usually, the most recent moveto point).

The "lineto" commands

The various "lineto" commands draw straight lines from the current point to a new point:

Lineto Classes

+ Sub-Class	+ Constructor Signature	+ Description
+ PathLinetoAbs	+ const Magick::Coordinate& coordinate_	+ Draw a line from the current point to the given coordinate which becomes the new current point. PathLinetoAbs indicates that absolute coordinates are used; PathLinetoRel indicates that relative coordinates are used. A number of coordinates pairs may be specified in a list to draw a polyline. At the end of the command, the new current point is set to the final set of coordinates provided.
+ PathLinetoAbs	+ const std::list<Magick::Coordinate> &coordinates_
+ PathLinetoRel	+ const Magick::Coordinate& coordinate_
+ PathLinetoRel	+ const std::list<Magick::Coordinate> &coordinates_
+ PathLinetoHorizontalAbs	+ double x_	+ Draws a horizontal line from the current point (cpx, cpy) to (x, cpy). PathLinetoHorizontalAbs indicates that absolute coordinates are supplied; PathLinetoHorizontalRel indicates that relative coordinates are supplied. At the end of the command, the new current point becomes (x, cpy) for the final value of x.
+ PathLinetoHorizontalRel	+ double x_
+ PathLinetoVerticalAbs	+ double y_	+ Draws a vertical line from the current point (cpx, cpy) to (cpx, y). PathLinetoVerticalAbs indicates that absolute coordinates are supplied; PathLinetoVerticalRel indicates that relative coordinates are supplied. At the end of the command, the new current point becomes (cpx, y) for the final value of y.
+ PathLinetoVerticalRel	+ double y_

The curve commands

These three groups of commands draw curves:

+
Cubic Bézier commands. A cubic Bézier segment is defined by a start point, an end point, and two control points.
+
Quadratic Bézier commands. A quadratic Bézier segment is defined by a start point, an end point, and one control point.
+
Elliptical arc commands. An elliptical arc segment draws a segment of an ellipse.

The cubic Bézier curve commands

The cubic Bézier commands depend on the PathCurvetoArgs argument class, which has the constructor signature

+  PathCurvetoArgs( double x1_, double y1_, 
+                   double x2_, double y2_, 
+                   double x_, double y_ );
+

The commands are as follows:

Cubic Bézier Curve Classes

+ Sub-Class	+ Constructor Signature	+ Description
+ PathCurvetoAbs	+ const Magick::PathCurvetoArgs &args_	+ Draws a cubic Bézier curve from the current point to (x,y) using (x1,y1) as the control point at the beginning of the curve and (x2,y2) as the control point at the end of the curve. PathCurvetoAbs indicates that absolutecoordinates will follow; PathCurvetoRel indicates that relative coordinates will follow. Multiple sets of coordinates may be specified to draw a polybezier. At the end of the command, the new current point becomes the final (x,y) coordinate pair used in the polybezier.
+ PathCurvetoAbs	+ const std::list<Magick::PathCurvetoArgs> &args_
+ PathCurvetoRel	+ const Magick::PathCurvetoArgs &args_
+ PathCurvetoRel	+ const std::list<Magick::PathCurvetoArgs> &args_
+ PathSmoothCurvetoAbs	+ const Magick::Coordinate &coordinates_	+ Draws a cubic Bézier curve from the current point to (x,y). The first control point is assumed to be the reflection of the second control point on the previous command relative to the current point. (If there is no previous command or if the previous command was not an PathCurvetoAbs, PathCurvetoRel, PathSmoothCurvetoAbs or PathSmoothCurvetoRel, assume the first control point is coincident with the current point.) (x2,y2) is the second control point (i.e., the control point at the end of the curve). PathSmoothCurvetoAbs indicates that absolute coordinates will follow; PathSmoothCurvetoRel indicates that relative coordinates will follow. Multiple sets of coordinates may be specified to draw a polybezier. At the end of the command, the new current point becomes the final (x,y) coordinate pair used in the polybezier.
+ PathSmoothCurvetoAbs	+ const std::list<Magick::Coordinate> &coordinates_
+ PathSmoothCurvetoRel	+ const Magick::Coordinate &coordinates_
+ PathSmoothCurvetoRel	+ const std::list<Magick::Coordinate> &coordinates_

The quadratic Bézier curve commands

The quadratic Bézier commands depend on the PathQuadraticCurvetoArgs argument class, which has the constructor signature:

+  PathQuadraticCurvetoArgs( double x1_, double y1_, 
+                            double x_, double y_ );
+

The quadratic Bézier commands are as follows:

Quadratic Bézier Curve Classes

+ Sub-Class	+ Constructor Signature	+ Description
+ PathQuadraticCurvetoAbs	+ const Magick::PathQuadraticCurvetoArgs &args_	+ Draws a quadratic Bézier curve from the current point to (x,y) using (x1,y1) as the control point. PathQuadraticCurvetoAbs indicates that absolute coordinates will follow; PathQuadraticCurvetoRel indicates that relative coordinates will follow. Multiple sets of coordinates may be specified to draw a polybezier. At the end of the command, the new current point becomes the final (x,y) coordinate pair used in the polybezier.
+ PathQuadraticCurvetoAbs	+ const std::list<Magick::PathQuadraticCurvetoArgs> &args_
+ PathQuadraticCurvetoRel	+ const Magick::PathQuadraticCurvetoArgs &args_
+ PathQuadraticCurvetoRel	+ const std::list<Magick::PathQuadraticCurvetoArgs> &args_
+ PathSmoothQuadraticCurvetoAbs	+ const Magick::Coordinate &coordinate_	+ Draws a quadratic Bézier curve from the current point to (x,y). The control point is assumed to be the reflection of the control point on the previous +command relative to the current point. (If there is no previous command or if the previous command was not a PathQuadraticCurvetoAbs, PathQuadraticCurvetoRel, PathSmoothQuadraticCurvetoAbs or PathSmoothQuadraticCurvetoRel, assume the control point is coincident with the current point.) PathSmoothQuadraticCurvetoAbs indicates that absolute coordinates will follow; PathSmoothQuadraticCurvetoRel indicates that relative coordinates will follow. At the end of the command, the new current point becomes the final (x,y) coordinate pair used in the polybezier.
+ PathSmoothQuadraticCurvetoAbs	+ const std::list<Magick::Coordinate> &coordinates_
+ PathSmoothQuadraticCurvetoRel	+ const Magick::Coordinate &coordinate_
+ PathSmoothQuadraticCurvetoRel	+ const std::list<Magick::Coordinate> &coordinates_

The elliptical arc curve commands

The elliptical arc curve commands depend on the PathArcArgs argument class, which has the constructor signature:

+   PathArcArgs( double radiusX_, double radiusY_, 
+                double xAxisRotation_, bool largeArcFlag_, 
+                bool sweepFlag_, double x_, double y_ );
+

The elliptical arc commands are as follows:

Elliptical Arc Curve Classes

+ Sub-Class	+ Constructor Signature	+ Description
+ PathArcAbs	+ const Magick::PathArcArgs &coordinates_	+ Draws an elliptical arc from the current point to (x, y). The size and orientation of the ellipse are defined by two radii (radiusX, radiusY) and an xAxisRotation, which indicates how the ellipse as a whole is rotated relative to the current coordinate system. The center (cx, cy) of the ellipse is calculated automagically to satisfy the constraints imposed by the other parameters. largeArcFlag and sweepFlag contribute to the automatic calculations and help determine how the arc is drawn. If largeArcFlag is true then draw the larger of the available arcs. If sweepFlag is true, then draw the arc matching a clock-wise rotation.
+ PathArcAbs	+ const std::list<Magick::PathArcArgs> &coordinates_
+ PathArcRel	+ const Magick::PathArcArgs &coordinates_
+ PathArcRel	+ const std::list<Magick::PathArcArgs> &coordinates_

diff --git a/www/Magick++/Enumerations.html b/www/Magick++/Enumerations.html index 924dede06..3bb046e2d 100644 --- a/www/Magick++/Enumerations.html +++ b/www/Magick++/Enumerations.html @@ -1,10 +1,2513 @@ - - + + + - - + +Magick++ API: Enumerations + - - +

Enumerations

+ + + + +

Contents

+ + + + +

ChannelType

ChannelType is used as an +argument when doing color separations. Use ChannelType when +extracting a layer from an image. MatteChannel is useful for +extracting the opacity values from an image. Note that an image may +be represented in RGB, RGBA, CMYK, or CMYKA, pixel formats and a +channel may only be extracted if it is valid for the current pixel +format.

ChannelType

+ + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +

+ Enumeration +	+ Description +
+ UndefinedChannel +	+ Unset value. +
+ RedChannel +	+ Extract red channel (RGB images only) +
+ CyanChannel +	+ Extract cyan channel (CMYK images only) +
+ GreenChannel +	+ Extract green channel (RGB images only) +
+ MagentaChannel +	+ Extract magenta channel (CMYK images only) +
+ BlueChannel +	+ Extract blue channel (RGB images only) +
+ YellowChannel +	+ Extract yellow channel (CMYK images only) +
+ OpacityChannel +	+ Extract matte (opacity values) channel (CMYKA images only) +
+ BlackChannel +	+ Extract black channel (CMYK images only) +
+ MatteChannel +	+ Extract matte (opacity values) channel (RGB images only) +

+ + + + +

ClassType

ClassType specifies the image +storage class. +

ClassType

+ + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +

+ Enumeration +	+ Description +
+ UndefinedClass +	+ Unset value. +
+ DirectClass +	+ Image is composed of pixels which represent literal color + values. +
+ PseudoClass +	+ Image is composed of pixels which specify an index in a color + palette. +

+ + + + +

ColorspaceType

The ColorspaceType enumeration is used to specify the colorspace +that quantization (color reduction and mapping) is done under or to +specify the colorspace when encoding an output image. Colorspaces are +ways of describing colors to fit the requirements of a particular +application (e.g. Television, offset printing, color monitors). +Color reduction, by default, takes place in the RGBColorspace. +Empirical evidence suggests that distances in color spaces such as +YUVColorspace or YIQColorspace correspond to perceptual +color differences more closely han do distances in RGB space. These +color spaces may give better results when color reducing an image. +Refer to quantize for more details. +

When encoding an output image, the +colorspaces RGBColorspace, CMYKColorspace, and +GRAYColorspace may be specified. The CMYKColorspace +option is only applicable when writing TIFF, JPEG, and Adobe +Photoshop bitmap (PSD) files. +

ColorspaceType

+ + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +

+ Enumeration +	+ Description +
+ UndefinedColorspace +	+ Unset value. +
+ CMYKColorspace +	+ Cyan-Magenta-Yellow-Black colorspace. CYMK is a subtractive + color system used by printers and photographers for the rendering + of colors with ink or emulsion, normally on a white surface. +
+ GRAYColorspace +	+ Grayscale colorspace +
+ HCLColorspace +	+ +
+ LabColorspace +	+ +
+ LCHabColorspace +	+ +
+ LuvColorspace +	+ +
+ OHTAColorspace +	+ +
+ RGBColorspace +	+ Red-Green-Blue colorspace. +
+ sRGBColorspace +	+ +
+ scRGBColorspace +	+ +
+ TransparentColorspace +	+ The Transparent color space behaves uniquely in that it + preserves the matte channel of the image if it exists. +
+ XYZColorspace +	+ +
+ YCbCrColorspace +	+ +
+ YCCColorspace +	+ +
+ YIQColorspace +	+ +
+ YPbPrColorspace +	+ +
+ YUVColorspace +	+ Y-signal, U-signal, and V-signal colorspace. YUV is most widely + used to encode color for use in television transmission. +

+ + + + +

CompositeOperator

CompositeOperator is used to +select the image composition algorithm used to compose a composite +image with an image. By default, each of the composite +image pixels are replaced by the corresponding image tile pixel. +Specify CompositeOperator to select a different algorithm. +

CompositeOperator

+ + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +

+ Enumeration +	+ Description +
+ UndefinedCompositeOp +	+ Unset value. +
+ OverCompositeOp +	+ The result is the union of the the two image shapes with the + composite image obscuring image in the region of + overlap. +
+ InCompositeOp +	+ The result is a simply composite image cut by the shape + of image. None of the image data of image is included in + the result. +
+ OutCompositeOp +	+ The resulting image is composite image with the shape of + image cut out. +
+ AtopCompositeOp +	+ The result is the same shape as image image, with + composite image obscuring image there the image + shapes overlap. Note that this differs from OverCompositeOp + because the portion of composite image outside of image's + shape does not appear in the result. +
+ XorCompositeOp +	+ The result is the image data from both composite image + and image that is outside the overlap region. The overlap + region will be blank. +
+ PlusCompositeOp +	+ The result is just the sum of the image data. Output + values are cropped to 255 (no overflow). This operation is + independent of the matte channels. +
+ MinusCompositeOp +	+ The result of composite image - image, with + overflow cropped to zero. The matte chanel is ignored (set to 255, + full coverage). +
+ AddCompositeOp +	+ The result of composite image + image, with + overflow wrapping around (mod 256). +
+ SubtractCompositeOp +	+ The result of composite image - image, with + underflow wrapping around (mod 256). The add and subtract + operators can be used to perform reverible transformations. +
+ DifferenceCompositeOp +	+ The result of abs(composite image - image). This + is useful for comparing two very similar images. +
+ MultiplyCompositeOp +	+ +
+ BumpmapCompositeOp +	+ The result image shaded by composite image. +
+ CopyCompositeOp +	+ The resulting image is image replaced with composite + image. Here the matte information is ignored. +
+ CopyRedCompositeOp +	+ The resulting image is the red layer in image replaced + with the red layer in composite image. The other layers are + copied untouched. +
+ CopyGreenCompositeOp +	+ The resulting image is the green layer in image replaced + with the green layer in composite image. The other layers + are copied untouched. +
+ CopyBlueCompositeOp +	+ The resulting image is the blue layer in image replaced + with the blue layer in composite image. The other layers + are copied untouched. +
+ CopyOpacityCompositeOp +	+ The resulting image is the matte layer in image replaced + with the matte layer in composite image. The other layers + are copied untouched. + + The image compositor requires a matte, or alpha channel in the + image for some operations. This extra channel usually defines a + mask which represents a sort of a cookie-cutter for the image. + This is the case when matte is 255 (full coverage) for pixels + inside the shape, zero outside, and between zero and 255 on the + boundary. For certain operations, if image does not + have a matte channel, it is initialized with 0 for any pixel + matching in color to pixel location (0,0), otherwise 255 (to work + properly borderWidth must be 0). +
+ ClearCompositeOp +	+ +
+ DissolveCompositeOp +	+ +
+ DisplaceCompositeOp +	+ +
+ ModulateCompositeOp +	+ +
+ ThresholdCompositeOp +	+ +

+ + + + +

CompressionType

CompressionType is used to +express the desired compression type when encoding an image. Be aware +that most image types only support a sub-set of the available +compression types. If the compression type specified is incompatable +with the image, ImageMagick selects a compression type compatable +with the image type. +

CompressionType

+ + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +

+ Enumeration +	+ Description +
+ UndefinedCompression +	+ Unset value. +
+ NoCompression +	+ No compression +
+ BZipCompression +	+ BZip (Burrows-Wheeler block-sorting text compression algorithm + and Huffman coding) as used by bzip2 utilities +
+ FaxCompression +	+ CCITT Group 3 FAX compression +
+ Group4Compression +	+ CCITT Group 4 FAX compression (used only for TIFF) +
+ JPEGCompression +	+ JPEG compression +
+ LZWCompression +	+ Lempel-Ziv-Welch (LZW) compression (caution, patented by + Unisys) +
+ RunlengthEncodedCompression +	+ Run-Length encoded (RLE) compression +
+ ZipCompression +	+ Lempel-Ziv compression (LZ77) as used in PKZIP and GNU gzip. +

+ + + + +

DecorationType

The DecorationType enumerations +are used to specify line decorations of rendered text. +

DecorationType

+ + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +

+ Enumeration +	+ Description +
+ NoDecoration +	+ No decoration +
+ UnderlineDecoration +	+ Underlined text +
+ OverlineDecoration +	+ Overlined text +
+ LineThroughDecoration +	+ Strike-through text +

+ + + + +

EndianType

The EndianType enumerations are +used to specify the endian option for formats which support it (e.g. +TIFF). +

EndianType

+ + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +

+ Enumeration +	+ Description +
+ UndefinedEndian +	+ Not defined (default) +
+ LSBEndian +	+ Little endian (like Intel X86 and DEC Alpha) +
+ MSBEndian +	+ Big endian (like Motorola 68K, Mac PowerPC, & SPARC) +

+ + + + +

FillRule

FillRule specifies the algorithm +which is to be used to determine what parts of the canvas are +included inside the shape. See the documentation on SVG's fill-rule +property for usage details. +

FillRule

+ + + + + + + + + + + + + +

+ UndefinedRule +	+ Fill rule not specified +
+ EvenOddRule +	+ See SVG fill-rule evenodd rule. +
+ NonZeroRule +	+ See SVG fill-rule nonzero rule. +

+ + + + +

FilterTypes

FilterTypes is used to adjust +the filter algorithm used when resizing images. Different filters +experience varying degrees of success with various images and can +take sipngicantly different amounts of processing time. +ImageMagick uses the LanczosFilter by default since this +filter has been shown to provide the best results for most images in +a reasonable amount of time. Other filter types (e.g. TriangleFilter) +may execute much faster but may show artifacts when the image is +re-sized or around diagonal lines. The only way to be sure is to test +the filter with sample images. +

FilterTypes

+ + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +

+ Enumeration +	+ Description +
+ UndefinedFilter +	+ Unset value. +
+ PointFilter +	+ Point Filter +
+ BoxFilter +	+ Box Filter +
+ TriangleFilter +	+ Triangle Filter +
+ HermiteFilter +	+ Hermite Filter +
+ HanningFilter +	+ Hanning Filter +
+ HammingFilter +	+ Hamming Filter +
+ BlackmanFilter +	+ Blackman Filter +
+ GaussianFilter +	+ Gaussian Filter +
+ QuadraticFilter +	+ Quadratic Filter +
+ CubicFilter +	+ Cubic Filter +
+ CatromFilter +	+ Catrom Filter +
+ MitchellFilter +	+ Mitchell Filter +
+ LanczosFilter +	+ Lanczos Filter +
+ BesselFilter +	+ Bessel Filter +
+ SincFilter +	+ Sinc Filter +

+ + + + +

GravityType

GravityType specifies +positioning of an object (e.g. text, image) within a bounding region +(e.g. an image). Gravity provides a convenient way to locate objects +irrespective of the size of the bounding region, in other words, you +don't need to provide absolute coordinates in order to position an +object. A common default for gravity is NorthWestGravity. +

GravityType

+ + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +

+ Enumeration +	+ Description +
+ ForgetGravity +	+ Don't use gravity. +
+ NorthWestGravity +	+ Position object at top-left of region. +
+ NorthGravity +	+ Postiion object at top-center of region +
+ NorthEastGravity +	+ Position object at top-right of region +
+ WestGravity +	+ Position object at left-center of region +
+ CenterGravity +	+ Position object at center of region +
+ EastGravity +	+ Position object at right-center of region +
+ SouthWestGravity +	+ Position object at left-bottom of region +
+ SouthGravity +	+ Position object at bottom-center of region +
+ SouthEastGravity +	+ Position object at bottom-right of region +

+ + + + +

ImageType

ImageType indicates the type +classification of the image. +

ImageType

+ + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +

+ Enumeration +	+ Description +
+ UndefinedType +	+ Unset value. +
+ BilevelType +	+ Monochrome image +
+ GrayscaleType +	+ Grayscale image +
+ GrayscaleMatteType +	+ Grayscale image with opacity +
+ PaletteType +	+ Indexed color (palette) image +
+ PaletteMatteType +	+ Indexed color (palette) image with opacity +
+ TrueColorType +	+ Truecolor image +
+ TrueColorMatteType +	+ Truecolor image with opacity +
+ ColorSeparationType +	+ Cyan/Yellow/Magenta/Black (CYMK) image +

+ + + + +

InterlaceType

InterlaceType specifies the ordering of the red, green, and +blue pixel information in the image. Interlacing is usually used to +make image information available to the user faster by taking +advantage of the space vs time tradeoff. For example, interlacing +allows images on the Web to be recognizable sooner and satellite +images to accumulate/render with image resolution increasing over +time. +

Use LineInterlace or +PlaneInterlace to create an interlaced GIF or progressive JPEG +image. +

InterlaceType

+ + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +

+ Enumeration +	+ Description +
+ UndefinedInterlace +	+ Unset value. +
+ NoInterlace +	+ Don't interlace image (RGBRGBRGBRGBRGBRGB...) +
+ LineInterlace +	+ Use scanline interlacing (RRR...GGG...BBB...RRR...GGG...BBB...) +
+ PlaneInterlace +	+ Use plane interlacing (RRRRRR...GGGGGG...BBBBBB...) +
+ PartitionInterlace +	+ Similar to plane interlaing except that the different planes + are saved to individual files (e.g. image.R, image.G, and image.B) +

+ + + + +

ChannelType

ChannelType is used as an +argument when doing color separations. Use ChannelType when +extracting a layer from an image. MatteLayer is useful for +extracting the opacity values from an image. +

ChannelType

+ + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +

+ Enumeration +	+ Description +
+ UndefinedLayer +	+ Unset value. +
+ RedLayer +	+ Select red layer +
+ GreenLayer +	+ Select green layer +
+ BlueLayer +	+ Select blue layer +
+ MatteLayer +	+ Select matte (opacity values) layer +

+ + + + +

LineCap

The LineCap enumerations specify +shape to be used at the end of open subpaths when they are stroked. +See SVG's 'stroke-linecap' +for examples. +

LineCap

+ + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +

+ Enumeration +	+ Description +
+ UndefinedCap +	+ Unset value. +
+ ButtCap +	+ Square ending. +
+ RoundCap +	+ Rounded ending (half-circle end with radius of 1/2 stroke + width). +
+ SquareCap +	+ Square ending, extended by 1/2 the stroke width at end. +

+ + + + +

LineJoin

The LineJoin enumerations +specify the shape to be used at the corners of paths or basic shapes +when they are stroked. See SVG's 'stroke-linejoin' +for examples. +

ChannelType

+ + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +

+ Enumeration +	+ Description +
+ UndefinedJoin +	+ Unset value. +
+ MiterJoin +	+ Sharp-edged join +
+ RoundJoin +	+ Rounded-edged join +
+ BevelJoin +	+ Beveled-edged join +

+ + + + +

NoiseType

NoiseType is used as an argument +to select the type of noise to be added to the image. +

NoiseType

+ + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +

+ Enumeration +	+ Description +
+ UniformNoise +	+ Uniform noise +
+ GaussianNoise +	+ Gaussian noise +
+ MultiplicativeGaussianNoise +	+ Multiplicative Gaussian noise +
+ ImpulseNoise +	+ Impulse noise +
+ LaplacianNoise +	+ Laplacian noise +
+ PoissonNoise +	+ Poisson noise +

+ + + + + +

+ OrientationType

OrientationType +specifies the orientation of the image. Useful for when the image is +produced via a different ordinate system, the camera was turned on +its side, or the page was scanned sideways.

OrientationType

+ + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +

+ Enumeration +	+ Scanline Direction +	+ Frame Direction +
+ UndefinedOrientation +	+ Unknown +	+ Unknown +
+ TopLeftOrientation +	+ Left to right +	+ Top to bottom +
+ TopRightOrientation +	+ Right to left +	+ Top to bottom +
+ BottomRightOrientation +	+ Right to left +	+ Bottom to top +
+ BottomLeftOrientation +	+ Left to right +	+ Bottom to top +
+ LeftTopOrientation +	+ Top to bottom +	+ Left to right +
+ RightTopOrientation +	+ Top to bottom +	+ Right to left +
+ RightBottomOrientation +	+ Bottom to top +	+ Right to left +
+ LeftBottomOrientation +	+ Bottom to top +	+ Left to right +

+ + + + +

PaintMethod

PaintMethod specifies how pixel +colors are to be replaced in the image. It is used to select the +pixel-filling algorithm employed. +

PaintMethod

+ + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +

+ Enumeration +	+ Description +
+ PointMethod +	+ Replace pixel color at point. +
+ ReplaceMethod +	+ Replace color for all image pixels matching color at point. +
+ FloodfillMethod +	+ Replace color for pixels surrounding point until encountering + pixel that fails to match color at point. +
+ FillToBorderMethod +	+ Replace color for pixels surrounding point until encountering + pixels matching border color. +
+ ResetMethod +	+ Replace colors for all pixels in image with pen color. +

+ + + + +

QuantumTypes

QuantumTypes is used to indicate +the source or destination format of entire pixels, or components of +pixels ("Quantums") while they are being read, or written +to, a pixel cache. The validity of these format specifications +depends on whether the Image pixels are in RGB format, RGBA format, +or CMYK format. The pixel Quantum size is determined by the Image +depth (eight or sixteen bits). +

RGB(A) Image Quantums

+ + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +

+ Enumeration +	+ Description +
+ IndexQuantum +	+ PseudoColor colormap indices (valid only for image with + colormap) +
+ RedQuantum +	+ Red pixel Quantum +
+ GreenQuantum +	+ Green pixel Quantum +
+ BlueQuantum +	+ Blue pixel Quantum +
+ AlphaQuantum +	+ Alpha Quantum +

CMY(K)(A) Image Quantum

+ + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +

+ Enumeration +	+ Description +
+ CyanQuantum +	+ Cyan pixel Quantum +
+ MagentaQuantum +	+ Magenta pixel Quantum +
+ YellowQuantum +	+ Yellow pixel Quantum +
+ BlackQuantum +	+ Black pixel Quantum +
+ AlphaQuantum +	+ Alpha Quantum +

Grayscale Image +Quantums

+ + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +

+ Enumeration +	+ Description +
+ GrayQuantum +	+ Gray pixel +
+ GrayOpacityQuantum +	+ Pixel opacity +
+ AlphaQuantum +	+ Alpha Quantum +

Entire Pixels +(Expressed in Byte Order)

+ + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +

+ Enumeration +	+ Description +
+ RGBQuantum +	+ RGB pixel (24 or 48 bits) +
+ RGBAQuantum +	+ RGBA pixel (32 or 64 bits) +
+ CMYKQuantum +	+ CMYK pixel (32 or 64 bits) +
+ CMYKAQuantum +	+ CMYKA pixel (40 or 80 bits) +

+ + + + +

RenderingIntent

Rendering intent is a concept defined by ICC +Spec ICC.1:1998-09, "File Format for Color Profiles". +ImageMagick uses RenderingIntent in order to support ICC +Color Profiles. +

From the specification: "Rendering +intent specifies the style of reproduction to be used during the +evaluation of this profile in a sequence of profiles. It applies +specifically to that profile in the sequence and not to the entire +sequence. Typically, the user or application will set the rendering +intent dynamically at runtime or embedding time." +

RenderingIntent

+ + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +

+ Enumeration +	+ Description +
+ UndefinedIntent +	+ Unset value. +
+ SaturationIntent +	+ A rendering intent that specifies the saturation of the pixels + in the image is preserved perhaps at the expense of accuracy in + hue and lightness. +
+ PerceptualIntent +	+ A rendering intent that specifies the full gamut of the image + is compressed or expanded to fill the gamut of the destination + device. Gray balance is preserved but colorimetric accuracy might + not be preserved. +
+ AbsoluteIntent +	+ Absolute colorimetric +
+ RelativeIntent +	+ Relative colorimetric +

+ + + + +

ResolutionType

By default, ImageMagick defines +resolutions in pixels per inch. ResolutionType provides a +means to adjust this. +

ResolutionType

+ + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +

+ Enumeration +	+ Description +
+ UndefinedResolution +	+ Unset value. +
+ PixelsPerInchResolution +	+ Density specifications are specified in units of pixels per + inch (english units). +
+ PixelsPerCentimeterResolution +	+ Density specifications are specified in units of pixels per + centimeter (metric units). +

+ + + + +

StorageType

The StorageType enumerations are +used to specify the storage format of pixels in the source or +destination pixel array. +

StorageType

+ + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +

+ Enumeration +	+ Description +
+ CharPixel +	+ Character type +
+ ShortPixel +	+ Short type +
+ IntegerPixel +	+ Integer type +
+ FloatPixel +	+ Float type +
+ DoublePixel +	+ Double type +

+ + + + +

StretchType

The StretchType enumerations are +used to specify the relative width of a font to the regular width for +the font family. If the width is not important, the AnyStretch +enumeration may be specified for a wildcard match. +

StretchType

+ + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +

+ Enumeration +	+ Description +
+ AnyStretch +	+ Wildcard match for font stretch +
+ NormalStretch +	+ Normal width font +
+ UltraCondensedStretch +	+ Ultra-condensed (narrowest) font +
+ ExtraCondensedStretch +	+ Extra-condensed font +
+ CondensedStretch +	+ Condensed font +
+ SemiCondensedStretch +	+ Semi-Condensed font +
+ SemiExpandedStretch +	+ Semi-Expanded font +
+ ExpandedStretch +	+ Expanded font +
+ ExtraExpandedStretch +	+ Extra-Expanded font +
+ UltraExpandedStretch +	+ Ultra-expanded (widest) font +

+ + + + +

StyleType

The StyleType enumerations are +used to specify the style (e.g. Italic) of a font. If the style is +not important, the AnyStyle enumeration may be specified for a +wildcard match. +

StyleType

+ + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +

+ Enumeration +	+ Description +
+ AnyStyle +	+ Wildcard match for font style +
+ NormalStyle +	+ Normal font style +
+ ItalicStyle +	+ Italic font style +
+ ObliqueStyle +	+ Oblique font style +

+ + + + +

VirtualPixelMethod

The VirtualPixelMethod enumerations are +used to specify the virtual pixel method. +

VirtualPixelMethod

+ + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +

+ Enumeration +	+ Description +
+ UndefinedVirtualPixelMethod +	+ Not defined +
+ BackgroundVirtualPixelMethod +	+ the area surrounding the image is the background color + +
+ BlackVirtualPixelMethod +	+ the area surrounding the image is black +
+ CheckerTileVirtualPixelMethod +	+ alternate squares with image and background color + +
+ DitherVirtualPixelMethod +	+ non-random 32x32 dithered pattern + +
+ EdgeVirtualPixelMethod +	+ extend the edge pixel toward infinity + +
+ GrayVirtualPixelMethod +	+ the area surrounding the image is gray + +
+ HorizontalTileVirtualPixelMethod +	+ horizontally tile the image, background color above/below +
+ HorizontalTileEdgeVirtualPixelMethod +	+ horizontally tile the image and replicate the side edge pixels +
+ MirrorVirtualPixelMethod +	+ mirror tile the image + +
+ RandomVirtualPixelMethod +	+ choose a random pixel from the image + +
+ TileVirtualPixelMethod +	+ tile the image (default) + +
+ TransparentVirtualPixelMethod +	+ the area surrounding the image is transparent blackness + +
+ VerticalTileVirtualPixelMethod +	+ vertically tile the image, sides are background color + +
+ VerticalTileEdgeVirtualPixelMethod +	+ vertically tile the image and replicate the side edge pixels + +
+ WhiteVirtualPixelMethod +	+ the area surrounding the image is white + +

+ + diff --git a/www/Magick++/Exception.html b/www/Magick++/Exception.html index 924dede06..9eb5bdb6d 100644 --- a/www/Magick++/Exception.html +++ b/www/Magick++/Exception.html @@ -1,10 +1,466 @@ - - + + + - - + +Magick++ API: Exceptions + - - +

Magick::Exception Classes

Exception represents the base class of objects thrown when +Magick++reports an error. Magick++ throws C++ exceptions synchronous +with the operation where the error occurred. This allows errors to be +trapped within the enclosing code (perhaps the code to process a +single image) while allowing the code to be written with a simple +coding style.

A try/catch block should be placed around any sequence of +operations which can be considered an important body of work. For +example, if your program processes lists of images and some of these +images may be defective, by placing the try/catch block around the +entire sequence of code that processes one image (including +instantiating the image object), you can minimize the overhead of +error checking while ensuring that all objects created to deal with +that object are safely destroyed (C++ exceptions unroll the stack +until the enclosing try block, destroying any created objects). +

The pseudo code for the main loop of your program may look like: +

+using namespace std; +for infile in list +{ + try { + // Construct an image instance first so that we don't have to worry + // about object construction failure due to a minor warning exception + // being thrown. + Magick::Image image; + try { + // Try reading image file + image.read(infile); + } + catch( Magick::WarningCoder &warning ) + { + // Process coder warning while loading file (e.g. TIFF warning) + // Maybe the user will be interested in these warnings (or not). + // If a warning is produced while loading an image, the image + // can normally still be used (but not if the warning was about + // something important!) + cerr << "Coder Warning: " << warning.what() << endl; + } + catch( Magick::Warning &warning ) + { + // Handle any other Magick++ warning. + cerr << "Warning: " << warning.what() << endl; + } + catch( Magick::ErrorFileOpen &error ) + { + // Process Magick++ file open error + cerr << "Error: " << error.what() << endl; + continue; // Try next image. + } + try { + image.rotate(90); + image.write("outfile"); + } + catch ( MagickExeption & error) + { + // Handle problem while rotating or writing outfile. + cerr << "Caught Magick++ exception: " << error.what() << endl; + } + } + catch( std::exception &error ) + { + // Process any other exceptions derived from standard C++ exception + cerr << "Caught C++ STD exception: " << error.what() << endl; + } + catch( ... ) + { + // Process *any* exception (last-ditch effort). There is not a lot + // you can do here other to retry the operation that failed, or exit + // the program. + } +} +

The desired location and number of try/catch blocks in your program +depends how sophisticated its error handling must be. Very simple +programs may use just one try/catch block.

The Exception class is derived from the C++ standard +exception class. This means that it contains a C++ string containing +additional information about the error (e.g to display to the user). +Obtain access to this string via the what() method. For +example: +

+catch( Exception &error_ ) 
+    { 
+      cout << "Caught exception: " << error_.what() << endl; 
+    }
+

The classes Warning and Error derive from the +Exception class. Exceptions derived from Warning are +thrown to represent non-fatal errors which may effect the +completeness or quality of the result (e.g. one image provided as an +argument to montage is defective). In most cases, a Warning +exception may be ignored by catching it immediately, processing it +(e.g. printing a diagnostic) and continuing on. Exceptions derived +from Error are thrown to represent fatal errors that can not +produce a valid result (e.g. attempting to read a file which does not +exist). +

The specific derived exception classes +are shown in the following tables: +

Warning Sub-Classes

+ Warning +	+ Warning Description +
+ WarningUndefined +	+ Unspecified warning type. +
+ WarningBlob +	+ NOT + CURRENTLY USED +
+ WarningCache +	+ NOT + CURRENTLY USED +
+ WarningCoder +	+ Warnings issued by some coders. +
+ WarningConfigure +	+ NOT + CURRENTLY USED +
+ WarningCorruptImage +	+ Warning issued when an image is determined to be + corrupt. +
+ WarningDelegate +	+ Warnings reported by the delegate (interface to + external programs) subsystem. +
+ WarningDraw +	+ Warnings reported by the rendering subsystem. +
+ WarningFileOpen +	+ Warning reported when The image file could not be + opened (permission problem, wrong file type, or does not exist). +
+ WarningImage +	+ NOT CURRENTLY USED +
+ WarningMissingDelegate +	+ NOT CURRENTLY USED +
+ WarningModule +	+ NOT CURRENTLY USED +
+ WarningMonitor +	+ NOT CURRENTLY USED +
+ WarningOption +	+ Warning reported when an option is malformed or + out of range. +
+ WarningRegistry +	+ NOT CURRENTLY USED +
+ WarningResourceLimit +	+ Warning reported when a program resource is + exhausted (e.g. not enough memory). +
+ WarningStream +	+ NOT CURRENTLY USED +
+ WarningType +	+ NOT CURRENTLY USED +
+ WarningXServer +	+ Warnings reported by the X11 subsystem. +

Error Sub-Classes

+ Error +	+ Error Description +
+ ErrorUndefined +	+ Unspecified error type. +
+ ErrorBlob +	+ Error reported by BLOB I/O subsystem. +
+ ErrorCache +	+ Error reported by the pixel cache subsystem. +
+ ErrorCoder +	+ Error reported by coders (image format support). +
+ ErrorConfigure +	+ Errors reported while loading configuration files. +
+ ErrorCorruptImage +	+ Error reported when the image file is corrupt. +
+ ErrorDelegate +	+ Errors reported by the delegate (interface to + external programs) subsystem. +
+ ErrorDraw +	+ Error reported while drawing on image. +
+ ErrorFileOpen +	+ Error reported when the image file can not be + opened. +
+ ErrorImage +	+ Errors reported while drawing. +
+ ErrorMissingDelegate +	+ Error reported when an add-on library or program + is necessary in order to support the requested operation. +
+ ErrorModule +	+ Errors reported by the module loader subsystem. +
+ ErrorMonitor +	+ NOT CURRENTLY USED +
+ ErrorOption +	+ Error reported when an option is malformed or out + of range. +
+ ErrorRegistry +	+ Errors reported by the image/BLOB registry + subsystem. +
+ ErrorResourceLimit +	+ Error reported when a program resource is + exhausted (e.g. not enough memory). +
+ ErrorStream +	+ Errors reported by the pixel stream subsystem. +
+ ErrorType +	+ Errors reported by the type (font) rendering + subsystem. +
+ ErrorXServer +	+ Errors reported by the X11 subsystem. +

+ + diff --git a/www/Magick++/FormatCharacters.html b/www/Magick++/FormatCharacters.html index 924dede06..6eec8df24 100644 --- a/www/Magick++/FormatCharacters.html +++ b/www/Magick++/FormatCharacters.html @@ -1,10 +1,96 @@ - - + + + - - + +Magick++ API: Annotating an Image + +

Special Format Characters

The Magick::Image methods annotate, draw, label, and the template function montageImages support special format characters contained in the argument text. These format characters work similar to C's printf. Whenever a format character appears in the text, it is replaced with the equivalent attribute text. The available format characters are shown in the following table.

+
+

Format Characters

+ + +++ + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +

+ Format Character	+ Description
+ %b	+ file size
+ %d	+ directory
+ %e	+ filename extension
+ %f	+ filename
+ %h	+ height
+ %m	+ magick (e.g GIF)
+ %p	+ page number
+ %s	+ scene number
+ %t	+ top of filename
+ %w	+ width
+ %x	+ x resolution
+ %y	+ y resolution
+ \n	+ newline
+ \r	+ carriage return

+ diff --git a/www/Magick++/Geometry.html b/www/Magick++/Geometry.html index 924dede06..0699a14b4 100644 --- a/www/Magick++/Geometry.html +++ b/www/Magick++/Geometry.html @@ -1,10 +1,820 @@ - - + + + - - + +Magick++ API: Geometry + - - +

Magick::Geometry

Geometry provides a convenient means to specify a geometry +argument. The object may be initialized from a C string or C++ string +containing a geometry specification. It may also be initialized by +more efficient parameterized constructors. +

Geometry +Specifications

Geometry specifications are in the form +"<width>x<height>{+-}<xoffset>{+-}<yoffset>" +(where width, height, xoffset, and yoffset +are numbers) for specifying the size and placement location for an +object. +

The width and height +parts of the geometry specification are measured in pixels. The +xoffset and yoffset parts are also measured in pixels +and are used to specify the distance of the placement coordinate from +the left and top and edges of the image, respectively. Both types of +offsets are measured from the indicated edge of the object to the +corresponding edge of the image. The X offset may be specified in the +following ways: +

+ +xoffset +	+ The left edge of the object is to be placed xoffset + pixels in from the left edge of the image. +
+ -xoffset +	+ The left edge of the object is to be placed outside the image, + xoffset pixels out from the left edge of the image. +

The Y offset has similar meanings: +

+ +yoffset +	+ The top edge of the object is to be yoffset pixels + below the top edge of the image. +
+ -yoffset +	+ The top edge of the object is to be yoffset pixels + above the top edge of the image. +

Offsets must be given as pairs; in other words, in order to +specify either xoffset or yoffset both must be present. +

ImageMagick +Extensions To Geometry Specifications

ImageMagick has added a number of +qualifiers to the standard geometry string for use when resizing +images. The form of an extended geometry string is +"<width>x<height>{+-}<xoffset>{+-}<yoffset>{%}{!}{<}{>}". +Extended geometry strings should only be used when resizing +an image. Using an extended geometry string for other +applications may cause the API call to fail. The available +qualifiers are shown in the following table: +

ImageMagick Geometry +Qualifiers

+ Qualifier +	+ Description +
+ % +	+ Interpret width and height as a percentage of the + current size. +
+ ! +	+ Resize to width and height exactly, loosing original + aspect ratio. +
+ < +	+ Resize only if the image is smaller than the geometry + specification. +
+ > +	+ Resize only if the image is greater than the geometry + specification. +

Postscript Page Size Extension +To Geometry Specifications

Any geometry string specification supplied to the Geometry +constructor is considered to be a Postscript page size nickname if +the first character is not numeric. The Geometry constructor converts +these page size specifications into the equivalent numeric geometry +string specification (preserving any offset component) prior to +conversion to the internal object format. Postscript page size +specifications are short-hand for the pixel geometry required to fill +a page of that size. Since the 11x17 inch page size used in the US +starts with a digit, it is not supported as a Postscript page size +nickname. Instead, substitute the geometry specification "792x1224>" +when 11x17 output is desired. +

An example of a Postscript page size +specification is "letter+43+43>". +

Postscript Page Size +Nicknames

+ Postscript Page Size Nickname +	+ Equivalent Extended Geometry Specification +
+ Ledger +	+ 1224x792> +
+ Legal +	+ 612x1008> +
+ Letter +	+ 612x792> +
+ LetterSmall +	+ 612x792> +
+ ArchE +	+ 2592x3456> +
+ ArchD +	+ 1728x2592> +
+ ArchC +	+ 1296x1728> +
+ ArchB +	+ 864x1296> +
+ ArchA +	+ 648x864> +
+ A0 +	+ 2380x3368> +
+ A1 +	+ 1684x2380> +
+ A2 +	+ 1190x1684> +
+ A3 +	+ 842x1190> +
+ A4 +	+ 595x842> +
+ A4Small +	+ 595x842> +
+ A5 +	+ 421x595> +
+ A6 +	+ 297x421> +
+ A7 +	+ 210x297> +
+ A8 +	+ 148x210> +
+ A9 +	+ 105x148> +
+ A10 +	+ 74x105> +
+ B0 +	+ 2836x4008> +
+ B1 +	+ 2004x2836> +
+ B2 +	+ 1418x2004> +
+ B3 +	+ 1002x1418> +
+ B4 +	+ 709x1002> +
+ B5 +	+ 501x709> +
+ C0 +	+ 2600x3677> +
+ C1 +	+ 1837x2600> +
+ C2 +	+ 1298x1837> +
+ C3 +	+ 918x1298> +
+ C4 +	+ 649x918> +
+ C5 +	+ 459x649> +
+ C6 +	+ 323x459> +
+ Flsa +	+ 612x936> +
+ Flse +	+ 612x936> +
+ HalfLetter +	+ 396x612> +

Geometry Methods

Geometry provides methods to initialize +its value from strings, from a set of parameters, or via attributes. +The methods available for use in Geometry are shown in the following +table: +

Geometry Methods

+ Method +	+ Return Type +	+ Signature(s) +	+ Description +
+ Geometry +	+ +	+ size_t width_, size_t height_, ssize_t xOff_ = + 0, ssize_t yOff_ = 0, bool xNegative_ = false, bool + yNegative_ = false +	+ Construct geometry via explicit parameters. +
		+ const string geometry_ +	+ Construct geometry from C++ string +
		+ const char * geometry_ +	+ Construct geometry from C string +
+ width +	+ void +	+ size_t width_ +	+ Width +
+ width +	+ size_t +	+ void +	+ Width +
+ height +	+ void +	+ size_t height_ +	+ Height +
+ height +	+ size_t +	+ void +	+ Height +
+ xOff +	+ void +	+ ssize_t xOff_ +	+ X offset from origin +
+ xOff +	+ ssize_t +	+ void +	+ X offset from origin +
+ yOff +	+ void +	+ ssize_t yOff_ +	+ Y offset from origin +
+ yOff +	+ size_t +	+ void +	+ Y offset from origin +
+ xNegative +	+ void +	+ bool xNegative_ +	+ Sign of X offset negative? (X origin at right) +
+ xNegative +	+ bool +	+ void +	+ Sign of X offset negative? (X origin at right) +
+ yNegative +	+ void +	+ bool yNegative_ +	+ Sign of Y offset negative? (Y origin at bottom) +
+ yNegative +	+ bool +	+ void +	+ Sign of Y offset negative? (Y origin at bottom) +
+ percent +	+ void +	+ bool percent_ +	+ Width and height are expressed as percentages +
+ percent +	+ bool +	+ void +	+ Width and height are expressed as percentages +
+ aspect +	+ void +	+ bool aspect_ +	+ Resize without preserving aspect ratio (!) +
+ aspect +	+ bool +	+ void +	+ Resize without preserving aspect ratio (!) +
+ greater +	+ void +	+ bool greater_ +	+ Resize if image is greater than size (>) +
+ greater +	+ bool +	+ void +	+ Resize if image is greater than size (>) +
+ less +	+ void +	+ bool less_ +	+ Resize if image is less than size (<) +
+ less +	+ bool +	+ void +	+ Resize if image is less than size (<) +
+ isValid +	+ void +	+ bool isValid_ +	+ Does object contain a valid geometry? May be set to false + in order to invalidate an existing geometry object. +
+ isValid +	+ bool +	+ void +
+ operator = +	+ const Geometry& +	+ const string geometry_ +	+ Set geometry via C++ string +
+ operator = +	+ const Geometry& +	+ const char * geometry_ +	+ Set geometry via C string +
+ operator string +	+ string +	+ Geometry& +	+ Obtain C++ string representation of geometry +

In addition, we support these yet to be documented geometry flags: the fill area flag ('^') and the pixel area count limit flag ('@').

+ + diff --git a/www/Magick++/Image.html b/www/Magick++/Image.html index 924dede06..0bca0a2e7 100644 --- a/www/Magick++/Image.html +++ b/www/Magick++/Image.html @@ -1,10 +1,3152 @@ - - + + + - - + +Magick++ API: Working with Images + +

+ +

Magick::Image Class

+ +

Quick Contents

Image is the primary object in Magick++ and represents +a single image frame (see design ). The +STL interface must be used to operate on +image sequences or images (e.g. of format GIF, TIFF, MIFF, Postscript, +& MNG) which are comprized of multiple image frames. Individual +frames of a multi-frame image may be requested by adding array-style +notation to the end of the file name (e.g. "animation.gif[3]" retrieves +the fourth frame of a GIF animation. Various image manipulation +operations may be applied to the image. Attributes may be set on the +image to influence the operation of the manipulation operations. The Pixels class provides low-level access to +image +pixels. As a convenience, including <Magick++.h> +is sufficient in order to use the complete Magick++ API. The Magick++ +API is enclosed within the Magick namespace so you must either +add the prefix " Magick:: " to each class/enumeration name or +add +the statement " using namespace Magick;" after including the Magick++.h +header.

The preferred way to allocate Image objects is via automatic +allocation (on the stack). There is no concern that allocating Image +objects on the stack will excessively enlarge the stack since Magick++ +allocates all large data objects (such as the actual image data) from +the heap. Use of automatic allocation is preferred over explicit +allocation (via new) since it is much less error prone and +allows use of C++ scoping rules to avoid memory leaks. Use of automatic +allocation allows Magick++ objects to be assigned and copied just like +the C++ intrinsic data types (e.g. 'int '), leading to clear and +easy to read code. Use of automatic allocation leads to naturally +exception-safe code since if an exception is thrown, the object is +automagically deallocated once the stack unwinds past the scope of the +allocation (not the case for objects allocated via new ).

Image is very easy to use. For example, here is a the source to a +program which reads an image, crops it, and writes it to a new file +(the +exception handling is optional but strongly recommended):

+#include <Magick++.h> 
+#include <iostream> 
+using namespace std; 
+using namespace Magick; 
+int main(int argc,char **argv) 
+{ 
+  InitializeMagick(*argv);
+
+  // Construct the image object. Seperating image construction from the 
+  // the read operation ensures that a failure to read the image file 
+  // doesn't render the image object useless. 
+  Image image;
+  try { 
+    // Read a file into image object 
+    image.read( "girl.gif" );
+
+    // Crop the image to specified size (width, height, xOffset, yOffset)
+    image.crop( Geometry(100,100, 100, 100) );
+
+    // Write the image to a file 
+    image.write( "x.gif" ); 
+  } 
+  catch( Exception &error_ ) 
+    { 
+      cout << "Caught exception: " << error_.what() << endl; 
+      return 1; 
+    } 
+  return 0; 
+}
+

+The following is the source to a program which illustrates the use of +Magick++'s efficient reference-counted assignment and copy-constructor +operations which minimize use of memory and eliminate unncessary copy +operations (allowing Image objects to be efficiently assigned, and +copied into containers). The program accomplishes the +following: +

Read master image.
Assign master image to second image.
Resize second image to the size 640x480.
Assign master image to a third image.
Resize third image to the size 800x600.
Write the second image to a file.
Write the third image to a file.

+#include  
+#include  
+using namespace std; 
+using namespace Magick; 
+int main(int argc,char **argv) 
+{ 
+  InitializeMagick(*argv);
+
+  Image master("horse.jpg"); 
+  Image second = master; 
+  second.resize("640x480"); 
+  Image third = master; 
+  third.resize("800x600"); 
+  second.write("horse640x480.jpg"); 
+  third.write("horse800x600.jpg"); 
+  return 0; 
+}
+

+During the entire operation, a maximum of three images exist in memory +and the image data is never copied. +

The following is the source for another simple program which creates +a 100 by 100 pixel white image with a red pixel in the center and +writes it to a file:

+#include  
+using namespace std; 
+using namespace Magick; 
+int main(int argc,char **argv) 
+{ 
+  InitializeMagick(*argv);
+  Image image( "100x100", "white" ); 
+  image.pixelColor( 49, 49, "red" ); 
+  image.write( "red_pixel.png" ); 
+  return 0; 
+}
+

+If you wanted to change the color image to grayscale, you could add the +lines: +

+image.quantizeColorSpace( GRAYColorspace ); 
+image.quantizeColors( 256 ); 
+image.quantize( );
+

or, more simply:

+ image.type( GrayscaleType );
+

prior to writing the image.

+ +

BLOBs

+ +While encoded images (e.g. JPEG) are most often written-to and +read-from a disk file, encoded images may also reside in memory. +Encoded +images in memory are known as BLOBs (Binary Large OBjects) and may be +represented using the Blob class. The encoded +image may be initially placed in memory by reading it directly from a +file, reading the image from a database, memory-mapped from a disk +file, or could be written to memory by Magick++. Once the encoded image +has been placed within a Blob, it may be read into a Magick++ Image via +a constructor or read() +. Likewise, a Magick++ image may be written to a Blob via write() . +

An example of using Image to write to a Blob follows:
+

+#include  
+using namespace std; 
+using namespace Magick; 
+int main(int argc,char **argv) 
+{ 
+  InitializeMagick(*argv);
+
+  // Read GIF file from disk 
+  Image image( "giraffe.gif" );
+  // Write to BLOB in JPEG format 
+  Blob blob; 
+  image.magick( "JPEG" ) // Set JPEG output format 
+  image.write( &blob );
+
+  [ Use BLOB data (in JPEG format) here ]
+
+  return 0; 
+}
+

+likewise, to read an image from a Blob, you could use one of the +following examples:

[ Entry condition for the following examples +is that data is pointer to encoded image data and length +represents the size of the data ]

+Blob blob( data, length ); 
+Image image( blob );
+

+or +

+Blob blob( data, length ); 
+Image image; 
+image.read( blob);
+

+some images do not contain their size or format so the size and format must be specified in advance: +

+Blob blob( data, length ); 
+Image image; 
+image.size( "640x480") 
+image.magick( "RGBA" ); 
+image.read( blob);
+

+ +

Constructors

+ +Image may be constructed in a number of ways. It may be constructed +from a file, a URL, or an encoded image (e.g. JPEG) contained in an +in-memory BLOB . The available Image +constructors are shown in the following table:
+
+ +

Image Constructors

+ Signature +

+ Description +

const std::string &imageSpec_

Construct Image by reading from file or URL +specified by imageSpec_. Use array notation (e.g. filename[9]) +to select a specific scene from a multi-frame image.

const Geometry &size_, const Color &color_

Construct a blank image canvas of specified +size and color

const Blob &blob_

Construct Image by reading from +encoded image data contained in an in-memory BLOB +. Depending on the constructor arguments, the Blob size +, depth , magick (format) +may +also be specified. Some image formats require that size be specified. +The default ImageMagick uses for depth depends on the compiled-in +Quantum size (8 or 16). If ImageMagick's Quantum size does not +match that of the image, the depth may need to be specified. +ImageMagick can usually automagically detect the image's format. +When a format can't be automagically detected, the format (magick ) must be specified.

const Blob +&blob_, const Geometry &size_

const Blob +&blob_, const Geometry &size, +size_t depth

const Blob +&blob_, const Geometry &size, +size_t depth_, const string &magick_

const Blob +&blob_, const Geometry &size, +const +string &magick_

const size_t width_,
+ const size_t height_,
+ std::string map_,
+ const +StorageType type_,
+ const void *pixels_

Construct a new Image based on an array of +image pixels. The pixel data must be in scanline order top-to-bottom. +The data can be character, short int, integer, float, or double. Float +and double require the pixels to be normalized [0..1]. The other types +are [0..MaxRGB]. For example, to create a 640x480 image from +unsigned red-green-blue character data, use +

Image image( 640, 480, "RGB", +0, pixels );

The parameters are as follows:
+ + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
width_ Width in pixels of the image.
height_ Height in pixels of the image.
map_ This character string can be any +combination or order of R = red, G = green, B = blue, A = alpha, C = +cyan, Y = yellow M = magenta, and K = black. The ordering reflects the +order of the pixels in the supplied pixel array.
type_ Pixel +storage type (CharPixel, ShortPixel, IntegerPixel, FloatPixel, or +DoublePixel)
pixels_ This array of values contain the pixel +components as defined by the map_ and type_ parameters. The length of +the arrays must equal the area specified by the width_ and height_ +values and type_ parameters.
+

+ +

Image Manipulation +Methods

+ +Image supports access to all the single-image (versus +image-list) manipulation operations provided by the ImageMagick +library. If you +must process a multi-image file (such as an animation), the STL interface , which provides a multi-image +abstraction on top of Image, must be used. +

Image manipulation methods are very easy to use. For example:

+Image image; 
+image.read("myImage.tiff"); 
+image.addNoise(GaussianNoise); 
+image.write("myImage.tiff");
+

+adds gaussian noise to the image file "myImage.tiff". +

The operations supported by Image are shown in the following table:
+ +

Image Image Manipulation Methods

Method

Signature(s)

Description

adaptiveThreshold
+

size_t width, size_t +height, size_t offset = 0
+

Apply adaptive thresholding to +the image. Adaptive thresholding is useful if the ideal threshold level +is not known in advance, or if the illumination gradient is not +constant +across the image. Adaptive thresholding works by evaulating the mean +(average) of a pixel region (size specified by width and height) +and using the mean as the thresholding value. In order to remove +residual noise from the background, the threshold may be adjusted by +subtracting a constant offset (default zero) from the mean to +compute the threshold.
+

+ addNoise +

NoiseType +noiseType_

Add noise to image with specified noise type.

addNoiseChannel
+

const ChannelType +channel_, const NoiseType noiseType_
+

Add noise to an image +channel with the specified noise type. The channel_ parameter specifies the +channel to add noise to. The noiseType_ parameter +specifies the type of noise.
+

affineTransform
+

const DrawableAffine +&affine
+

Transform image by +specified affine (or free transform) matrix.
+

+ annotate +

const std::string &text_, const Geometry &location_

Annotate using specified text, and placement +location

string text_, const Geometry +&boundingArea_, GravityType +gravity_

Annotate using specified text, bounding area, +and placement gravity. If boundingArea_ is invalid, then +bounding area is entire image.

const std::string &text_, const Geometry &boundingArea_, GravityType gravity_, double +degrees_,

Annotate with text using specified text, +bounding area, placement gravity, and rotation. If boundingArea_ +is invalid, then bounding area is entire image.

const std::string &text_, GravityType gravity_

Annotate with text (bounding area is entire +image) and placement gravity.

+ blur +

const double radius_ = 1, const double sigma_ += 0.5

Blur image. The radius_ parameter +specifies the radius of the Gaussian, in pixels, not counting the +center +pixel. The sigma_ parameter specifies the standard +deviation of the Laplacian, in pixels.

blurChannel
+

const ChannelType +channel_, const double radius_ = 0.0, const double sigma_ = 1.0
+

Blur an image +channel. The channel_ +parameter specifies the channel to blur. The radius_ parameter +specifies the radius of the Gaussian, in pixels, not counting the +center +pixel. The sigma_ parameter specifies the standard +deviation of the Laplacian, in pixels.

+ border +

const Geometry +&geometry_ = "6x6+0+0"

Border image (add border to image). The +color of the border is specified by the borderColor attribute.

+ cdl +

const std::string &cdl_

color correct with a color decision list. See http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/ASC_CDL for details.

+ channel +

ChannelType +layer_

Extract channel from image. Use this option +to extract a particular channel from the image. MatteChannel + for example, is useful for extracting the opacity values +from an image.

+ charcoal +

const double radius_ = 1, const double sigma_ += 0.5

Charcoal effect image (looks like charcoal +sketch). The radius_ parameter specifies the radius of the +Gaussian, in pixels, not counting the center pixel. The sigma_ +parameter specifies the standard deviation of the Laplacian, in pixels.

+ chop +

const Geometry +&geometry_

Chop image (remove vertical or horizontal +subregion of image)

+ colorize +

const unsigned int opacityRed_, const +unsigned int opacityGreen_, const unsigned int opacityBlue_, const +Color &penColor_

Colorize image with pen color, using +specified percent opacity for red, green, and blue quantums.

+ colorMatrix +

const size_t order_, const double *color_matrix_

apply color correction to the image.

+ comment +

const std::string &comment_

Comment image (add comment string to +image). By default, each image is commented with its file name. +Use this method to assign a specific comment to the +image. Optionally you can include the image filename, type, +width, height, or other image attributes by embedding special format characters.

compare
+

const Image &reference_
+

Compare current image with +another image. Sets meanErrorPerPixel +, normalizedMaxError , and normalizedMeanError in the current +image. False is returned if the images are identical. An ErrorOption +exception is thrown if the reference image columns, rows, colorspace, +or +matte differ from the current image.
+

+ composite +

const Image +&compositeImage_, ssize_t xOffset_, ssize_t yOffset_, CompositeOperator +compose_ = InCompositeOp

Compose an image onto the current image at +offset specified by xOffset_, yOffset_ using the +composition algorithm specified by compose_.

const Image +&compositeImage_, const Geometry +&offset_, CompositeOperator +compose_ = InCompositeOp

Compose an image onto the current image at +offset specified by offset_ using the composition algorithm +specified by compose_ .

const Image +&compositeImage_, GravityType +gravity_, CompositeOperator +compose_ = InCompositeOp

Compose an image onto the current image with +placement specified by gravity_ using the composition +algorithm +specified by compose_.

+ contrast +

size_t sharpen_

Contrast image (enhance intensity differences +in image)

+ convolve +

size_t order_, const double *kernel_

Convolve image. Applies a user-specfied +convolution to the image. The order_ parameter represents the +number of columns and rows in the filter kernel, and kernel_ +is a two-dimensional array of doubles representing the convolution +kernel to apply.

+ crop +

const Geometry +&geometry_

Crop image (subregion of original image)

+ cycleColormap +

int amount_

Cycle image colormap

+ despeckle +

void

Despeckle image (reduce speckle noise)

+ display +

void

Display image on screen.
+ Caution: if +an image format is is not compatible with the display visual (e.g. +JPEG on a colormapped display) then the original image will be +altered. Use a copy of the original if this is a problem.

+ distort +

const DistortImageMethod method, const size_t number_arguments, const double *arguments, const bool bestfit = false

Distort image. Applies a user-specfied +distortion to the image.

+ draw +

const Drawable +&drawable_

Draw shape or text on image.

const std::list<Drawable +> &drawable_

Draw shapes or text on image using a set of +Drawable objects contained in an STL list. Use of this method improves +drawing performance and allows batching draw objects together in a +list for repeated use.

+ edge +

size_t radius_ = 0.0

Edge image (hilight edges in image). +The radius is the radius of the pixel neighborhood.. Specify a radius +of zero for automatic radius selection.

+ emboss +

const double radius_ = 1, const double sigma_ += 0.5

Emboss image (hilight edges with 3D effect). +The radius_ parameter specifies the radius of the Gaussian, in +pixels, not counting the center pixel. The sigma_ +parameter specifies the standard deviation of the Laplacian, in pixels.

+ enhance +

void

Enhance image (minimize noise)

+ equalize +

void

Equalize image (histogram equalization)

+ erase +

void

Set all image pixels to the current +background color.

+ extent

const Geometry &geometry_

extends the image as defined by the geometry, gravity, and image background color.

const Geometry +&geometry_, const Color &backgroundColor_

const Geometry &geometry_, const GravityType +&gravity_

extends the image as defined by the geometry, gravity, and image background color.

const Geometry +&geometry_, const Color &backgroundColor_, +const GravityType &gravity_

+ flip +

void

Flip image (reflect each scanline in the +vertical direction)

+ floodFill- +
+ Color +

ssize_t x_, ssize_t y_, const Color &fillColor_

Flood-fill color across pixels +that match the color of the target pixel and are neighbors of the +target pixel. Uses current fuzz setting when determining color match.

const Geometry +&point_, const Color &fillColor_

ssize_t x_, ssize_t y_, const Color &fillColor_, const Color +&borderColor_

Flood-fill color across pixels +starting at target-pixel and stopping at pixels matching specified +border color. Uses current fuzz setting when determining color match.

const Geometry +&point_, const Color &fillColor_, +const Color &borderColor_

floodFillOpacity

const long x_, const long y_, const unsigned int +opacity_, const PaintMethod method_

Floodfill pixels matching color (within fuzz +factor) of target pixel(x,y) with replacement opacity value using +method.

+ floodFill- +
+ Texture +

ssize_t x_, ssize_t y_, const +Image &texture_

Flood-fill texture across pixels +that match the color of the target pixel and are neighbors of the +target pixel. Uses current fuzz setting when determining color match.

const Geometry +&point_, const Image &texture_

ssize_t x_, ssize_t y_, const Image +&texture_, const Color &borderColor_

Flood-fill texture across pixels +starting at target-pixel and stopping at pixels matching specified +border color. Uses current fuzz setting when determining color match.

const Geometry +&point_, const Image &texture_, const +Color +&borderColor_

+ flop +

void

Flop image (reflect each scanline in the +horizontal direction)

+ frame +

const Geometry +&geometry_ = "25x25+6+6"

Add decorative frame around image

size_t width_, size_t height_, +ssize_t x_, ssize_t y_, ssize_t innerBevel_ = 0, ssize_t outerBevel_ = 0

+ fx +

const std::string expression, const Magick::ChannelType channel

Fx image. Applies a mathematical +expression to the image.

+ gamma +

double gamma_

Gamma correct image (uniform red, green, and +blue correction).

double gammaRed_, double gammaGreen_, double +gammaBlue_

Gamma correct red, green, and blue channels +of image.

+ gaussianBlur +

const double width_, const double sigma_

Gaussian blur image. The number of neighbor +pixels to be included in the convolution mask is specified by +'width_'. For example, a width of one gives a (standard) 3x3 +convolution mask. The standard deviation of the gaussian bell curve is +specified by 'sigma_'.

gaussianBlurChannel
+

const ChannelType +channel_, const double radius_ = 0.0, const double sigma_ = 1.0
+

Gaussian blur +an image channel. The channel_ parameter specifies the +channel to blur. The number of neighbor +pixels to be included in the convolution mask is specified by +'width_'. For example, a width of one gives a (standard) 3x3 +convolution mask. The standard deviation of the gaussian bell curve is +specified by 'sigma_'.

haldClut
+

const Image &reference_
+

apply a Hald color lookup table to the image.
+

+ implode +

const double factor_

Implode image (special effect)

+ inverseFourierTransform +

const Image &phaseImage_, const bool magnitude_

implements the inverse discrete Fourier transform (DFT) of the image either as a magnitude / phase or real / imaginary image pair.

+ label +

const string &label_

Assign a label to an image. Use this option +to assign a specific label to the image. Optionally +you can include the image filename, type, width, height, or scene +number in the label by embedding +special format characters. If the first character of string is @, +the +image label is read from a file titled by the remaining characters in +the string. When converting to Postscript, use this option to +specify a header string to print above the image.

level
+

const double black_point, +const double white_point, const double mid_point=1.0
+

Level image. Adjust the +levels of the image by scaling the colors falling between specified +white and black points to the full available quantum range. The +parameters provided represent the black, mid (gamma), and white +points. The black point specifies the darkest color in the image. +Colors darker than the black point are set to zero. Mid point (gamma) +specifies a gamma correction to apply to the image. White point +specifies the lightest color in the image. Colors brighter than +the white point are set to the maximum quantum value. The black and +white point have the valid range 0 to MaxRGB while mid (gamma) has a +useful range of 0 to ten.
+

levelChannel
+

const ChannelType +channel, const double black_point, const double white_point, const +double mid_point=1.0
+

Level image channel. +Adjust the levels of the image channel by scaling the values falling +between specified white and black points to the full available quantum +range. The parameters provided represent the black, mid (gamma), and +white points. The black point specifies the darkest color in the image. +Colors darker than the black point are set to zero. Mid point (gamma) +specifies a gamma correction to apply to the image. White point +specifies the lightest color in the image. Colors brighter than the +white point are set to the maximum quantum value. The black and white +point have the valid range 0 to MaxRGB while mid (gamma) has a useful +range of 0 to ten.
+

+ magnify +

void

Magnify image by integral size

+ map +

const Image &mapImage_ , bool dither_ = +false

Remap image colors with closest color from +reference image. Set dither_ to true in to apply +Floyd/Steinberg +error diffusion to the image. By default, color reduction chooses an +optimal set of colors that best represent the original +image. Alternatively, you can choose a +particular set of colors from an image file +with this option.

+ matteFloodfill +

const Color +&target_, const unsigned int opacity_, const ssize_t x_, const +ssize_t +y_, PaintMethod method_

Floodfill designated area with a replacement +opacity value.

medianFilter

const double radius_ = 0.0

Filter image by replacing each pixel +component with the median color in a circular neighborhood

+ mergeLayers +

LayerMethod +noiseType_

handle multiple images forming a set of image layers or animation frames.

+ minify +

void

Reduce image by integral size

modifyImage

void

Prepare to update image. Ensures that there +is only one reference to the underlying image so that the underlying +image may be safely modified without effecting previous generations of +the image. Copies the underlying image to a new image if necessary.

+ modulate +

double brightness_, double saturation_, +double hue_

Modulate percent hue, saturation, and +brightness of an image. Modulation of saturation and brightness is as a +ratio of the current value (1.0 for no change). Modulation of hue is an +absolute rotation of -180 degrees to +180 degrees from the current +position corresponding to an argument range of 0 to 2.0 (1.0 for no +change).

motionBlur
+

const double radius_, +const double sigma_, const double angle_
+

Motion blur image with +specified blur factor. The radius_ parameter specifies the radius of +the Gaussian, in pixels, not counting the center pixel. The +sigma_ parameter specifies the standard deviation of the Laplacian, in +pixels. The angle_ parameter specifies the angle the object appears to +be comming from (zero degrees is from the right).
+

+ negate +

bool grayscale_ = false

Negate colors in image. Replace every +pixel with its complementary color (white becomes black, yellow becomes +blue, etc.). Set grayscale to only negate grayscale values in +image.

+ normalize +

void

Normalize image (increase contrast by +normalizing the pixel values to span the full range of color values).

+ oilPaint +

size_t radius_ = 3

Oilpaint image (image looks like oil painting)

+ opacity +

unsigned int opacity_

Set or attenuate the opacity channel in the +image. If the image pixels are opaque then they are set to the +specified +opacity value, otherwise they are blended with the supplied opacity +value. The value of opacity_ ranges from 0 (completely opaque) to + MaxRGB +. The defines OpaqueOpacity and TransparentOpacity are +available to specify completely opaque or completely transparent, +respectively.

+ opaque +

const Color +&opaqueColor_, const Color &penColor_

Change color of pixels matching opaqueColor_ +to specified penColor_.

+ ping +

const std::string &imageSpec_

Ping is similar to read +except only enough of the image is read to determine the image columns, +rows, and filesize. The columns , + rows , and fileSize +attributes are valid after invoking ping. The image data is not +valid after calling ping.

const Blob &blob_

process
+

std::string name_, +const ssize_t argc_, char **argv_
+

Execute the named +process module, passing any arguments via an argument vector, with +argc_ +specifying the number of arguments in the vector, and argv_ passing the +address of an array of null-terminated C strings which constitute the +argument vector. An exception is thrown if the requested process module +does not exist, fails to load, or fails during execution.
+

+ quantize +

bool measureError_ = false

Quantize image (reduce number of colors). Set +measureError_ to true in order to calculate error attributes.

+ raise +

const Geometry +&geometry_ = "6x6+0+0", bool raisedFlag_ = false

Raise image (lighten or darken the edges of +an image to give a 3-D raised or lowered effect)

+ read +

const string &imageSpec_

Read image into current object

const Geometry +&size_, const std::string &imageSpec_

Read image of specified size into current +object. This form is useful for images that do not specifiy their size +or to specify a size hint for decoding an image. For example, when +reading a Photo CD, JBIG, or JPEG image, a size request causes the +library to return an image which is the next resolution greater or +equal to the specified size. This may result in memory and time savings.

const Blob &blob_

Read encoded image of specified +size from an in-memory BLOB into current +object. Depending on the method arguments, the Blob size, depth, and +format may also be specified. Some image formats require that size be +specified. The default ImageMagick uses for depth depends on its +Quantum size (8 or 16). If ImageMagick's Quantum size does not +match that of the image, the depth may need to be specified. +ImageMagick can usually automagically detect the image's format. +When +a format can't be automagically detected, the format must be specified.

const Blob +&blob_, const Geometry &size_

const Blob +&blob_, const Geometry &size_, +size_t depth_

const Blob +&blob_, const Geometry &size_, +size_t depth_, const string &magick_

const Blob +&blob_, const Geometry &size_, +const +string &magick_

const size_t width_, const size_t +height_, std::string map_, const StorageType type_, const void *pixels_

Read image based on an array of image pixels. +The pixel data must be in scanline order top-to-bottom. The data can be +character, short int, integer, float, or double. Float and double +require the pixels to be normalized [0..1]. The other types are +[0..MaxRGB]. For example, to create a 640x480 image from +unsigned red-green-blue character data, use +

image.read( 640, 480, "RGB", CharPixel, +pixels );

The parameters are as follows:
+ + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
width_ Width in pixels of the image.
height_ Height in pixels of the image.
map_ This character string can be any +combination or order of R = red, G = green, B = blue, A = alpha, C = +cyan, Y = yellow M = magenta, and K = black. The ordering reflects the +order of the pixels in the supplied pixel array.
type_ Pixel storage type (CharPixel, +ShortPixel, IntegerPixel, FloatPixel, or DoublePixel)
pixels_ This array of values contain the pixel +components as defined by the map_ and type_ parameters. The length of +the arrays must equal the area specified by the width_ and height_ +values and type_ parameters.
+

+ reduceNoise +

const double order_

reduce noise in image using a noise peak elimination filter.

randomThreshold
+

const Geometry +&thresholds_
+

Random threshold the +image. Changes the value of individual pixels based on the intensity of +each pixel compared to a random threshold. The result is a +low-contrast, two color image. The thresholds_ argument is a +geometry containing LOWxHIGH thresholds. If the string contains +2x2, 3x3, or 4x4, then an ordered dither of order 2, 3, or 4 will be +performed instead. This is a very fast alternative to 'quantize' based +dithering.
+

randomThresholdChannel
+

const Geometry +&thresholds_, const ChannelType channel_
+

Random threshold an +image channel. Similar to randomThreshold() +but restricted to the specified channel.
+

+ roll +

int columns_, ssize_t rows_

Roll image (rolls image vertically and +horizontally) by specified number of columnms and rows)

+ rotate +

double degrees_

Rotate image counter-clockwise by specified +number of degrees.

+ sample +

const Geometry +&geometry_

Resize image by using pixel sampling algorithm

+ scale +

const Geometry +&geometry_

Resize image by using simple ratio algorithm

+ segment +

double clusterThreshold_ = 1.0,
+ double smoothingThreshold_ = 1.5

Segment (coalesce similar image components) +by analyzing the histograms of the color components and identifying +units that are homogeneous with the fuzzy c-means technique. Also uses quantizeColorSpace +and verbose image attributes. Specify clusterThreshold_ +, +as the number of pixels each cluster must +exceed +the cluster threshold to be considered valid. SmoothingThreshold_ +eliminates noise in the second derivative of the histogram. As +the +value is increased, you can expect a smoother +second derivative. The default is 1.5.

+ shade +

double azimuth_ = 30, double elevation_ = 30, +
+ bool colorShading_ = false

Shade image using distant light source. +Specify azimuth_ and elevation_ as the +position of the light source. By default, the shading +results as a grayscale image.. Set colorShading_ to true +to +shade the red, green, and blue components of the image.

+ shadow +

const double percent_opacity = 80, const double sigma_ += 0.5, const ssize_t x_ = 0, const ssize_t y_ = 0

simulate an image shadow

+ sharpen +

const double radius_ = 1, const double sigma_ += 0.5

Sharpen pixels in image. The radius_ +parameter specifies the radius of the Gaussian, in pixels, not counting +the center pixel. The sigma_ parameter specifies the +standard deviation of the Laplacian, in pixels.

sharpenChannel
+

const ChannelType +channel_, const double radius_ = 0.0, const double sigma_ = 1.0
+

Sharpen pixel +quantums in an image channel The channel_ parameter specifies the +channel to sharpen.. The radius_ +parameter specifies the radius of the Gaussian, in pixels, not counting +the center pixel. The sigma_ parameter specifies the +standard deviation of the Laplacian, in pixels.

+ shave +

const Geometry &geometry_

Shave pixels from image edges.

+ shear +

double xShearAngle_, double yShearAngle_

Shear image (create parallelogram by sliding +image by X or Y axis). Shearing slides one edge of an image along +the X or Y axis, creating a +parallelogram. An X direction shear slides an edge along the X +axis, while a Y direction shear slides +an edge along the Y axis. The amount of the shear is controlled +by a shear angle. For X direction shears, x +degrees is measured relative to the Y axis, and similarly, for Y +direction shears y degrees is measured relative to the X +axis. Empty triangles left over from shearing the image are +filled with the color defined as borderColor.

+ solarize +

double factor_ = 50.0

Solarize image (similar to effect seen when +exposing a photographic film to light during the development process)

+ splice +

const Geometry +&geometry_

splice the background color into the image

+ spread +

size_t amount_ = 3

Spread pixels randomly within image by +specified amount

+ stegano +

const Image &watermark_

Add a digital watermark to the image (based +on second image)

+ sparseColor +

const ChannelType channel, const SparseColorMethod method, const size_t number_arguments, const double *arguments

Sparse color image, given a set of coordinates, interpolates the colors found at those coordinates, across the whole image, using various methods.

+ statistics +

ImageStatistics *statistics

Obtain image statistics. Statistics are normalized to the range of 0.0 to 1.0 and are output to the specified ImageStatistics structure. The structure includes members maximum, minimum, mean, standard_deviation, and variance for each of these channels: red, green, blue, and opacity (e.g. statistics->red.maximum).

+ stereo +

const Image &rightImage_

Create an image which appears in stereo when +viewed with red-blue glasses (Red image on left, blue on right)

+ swirl +

double degrees_

Swirl image (image pixels are rotated by +degrees)

+ texture +

const Image &texture_

Layer a texture on pixels matching image +background color.

+ threshold +

double threshold_

Threshold image

+ transform +

const Geometry +&imageGeometry_

Transform image based on image +and crop geometries. Crop geometry is optional.

const Geometry +&imageGeometry_, const Geometry +&cropGeometry_

+ transparent +

const Color +&color_

Add matte image to image, setting pixels +matching color to transparent.

+ trim +

void

Trim edges that are the background color from +the image.

+ unsharpmask +

double radius_, double sigma_, double +amount_, double threshold_

Sharpen the image using the unsharp mask +algorithm. The radius_ +parameter specifies the radius of the Gaussian, in pixels, not +counting the center pixel. The sigma_ parameter specifies the +standard deviation of the Gaussian, in pixels. The amount_ +parameter specifies the percentage of the difference between the +original and the blur image that is added back into the original. The threshold_ +parameter specifies the threshold in pixels needed to apply the +diffence amount.

unsharpmaskChannel
+

const ChannelType +channel_, const double radius_, const double sigma_, const double +amount_, const double threshold_
+

Sharpen an image +channel using the unsharp mask algorithm. The channel_ parameter specifies the +channel to sharpen. The radius_ +parameter specifies the radius of the Gaussian, in pixels, not +counting the center pixel. The sigma_ parameter specifies the +standard deviation of the Gaussian, in pixels. The amount_ +parameter specifies the percentage of the difference between the +original and the blur image that is added back into the original. The threshold_ +parameter specifies the threshold in pixels needed to apply the +diffence amount.

+ wave +

double amplitude_ = 25.0, double wavelength_ += 150.0

Alter an image along a sine wave.

+ write +

const string &imageSpec_

Write image to a file using filename imageSpec_ +.
+ Caution: if +an image format is selected which is capable of supporting fewer +colors than the original image or quantization has been requested, the +original image will be quantized to fewer colors. Use a copy of the +original if this is a problem.

Blob *blob_

Write image to a in-memory BLOB stored in blob_. The magick_ +parameter specifies the image format to write (defaults to magick ). The depth_ parameter species the image +depth (defaults to depth ).
+ Caution: if +an image format is selected which is capable of supporting fewer +colors than the original image or quantization has been requested, the +original image will be quantized to fewer colors. Use a copy of the +original if this is a problem.

Blob *blob_, +std::string &magick_

Blob *blob_, +std::string &magick_, size_t depth_

const ssize_t x_, const ssize_t y_, const size_t +columns_, const size_t rows_, const std::string &map_, +const StorageType type_, void *pixels_

Write pixel data into a buffer you supply. +The data is saved either as char, short int, integer, float or double +format in the order specified by the type_ parameter. For example, we +want to extract scanline 1 of a 640x480 image as character data in +red-green-blue order: +

image.write(0,0,640,1,"RGB",0,pixels); +

The parameters are as follows:
+ + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
x_ Horizontal ordinate of left-most +coordinate of region to extract.
y_ Vertical ordinate of top-most +coordinate of region to extract.
columns_ Width in pixels of the region to +extract.
rows_ Height in pixels of the region to +extract.
map_ This character string can be any +combination or order of R = red, G = green, B = blue, A = alpha, C = +cyan, Y = yellow, M = magenta, and K = black. The ordering reflects +the order of the pixels in the supplied pixel array.
type_ Pixel storage type (CharPixel, +ShortPixel, IntegerPixel, FloatPixel, or DoublePixel)
pixels_ This array of values contain the pixel +components as defined by the map_ and type_ parameters. The length of +the arrays must equal the area specified by the width_ and height_ +values and type_ parameters.
+

+ resize +

const Geometry +&geometry_

Resize image to specified size.

+ +

Image Attributes

+ +Image attributes are set and obtained via methods in Image. Except for +methods which accept pointer arguments (e.g. chromaBluePrimary) +all methods return attributes by value. +

Image attributes are easily used. For example, to set the resolution +of the TIFF file "file.tiff" to 150 dots-per-inch (DPI) in both the +horizontal and vertical directions, you can use the following example +code:

+string filename("file.tiff"); 
+Image image; 
+image.read(filename); 
+image.resolutionUnits(PixelsPerInchResolution); 
+image.density(Geometry(150,150));   // could also use image.density("150x150") 
+image.write(filename)
+

+The supported image attributes and the method arguments required to +obtain them are shown in the following table:
+ +

Image Attributes
+ Function +	+ Type +	+ Get Signature +	+ Set Signature +	+ Description +
+ adjoin +	bool	void	bool flag_	Join images into a single multi-image file.
+ antiAlias +	bool	void	bool flag_	Control antialiasing of rendered Postscript +and Postscript or TrueType fonts. Enabled by default.
+ animation- + + Delay +	size_t (0 to 65535)	void	size_t delay_	Time in 1/100ths of a second (0 to 65535) +which must expire before displaying the next image in an animated +sequence. This option is useful for regulating the animation of a +sequence of GIF images within Netscape.
+ animation- + + Iterations +	size_t	void	size_t iterations_	Number of iterations to loop an animation +(e.g. Netscape loop extension) for.
attribute +	string +	const +std::string name_ +	const +std::string name_, const std::string value_	An arbitrary named +image attribute. Any number of named attributes may be attached to the +image. For example, the image comment is a named image attribute with +the name "comment". EXIF tags are attached to the image as named +attributes. Use the syntax "EXIF:<tag>" to request an EXIF tag +similar to "EXIF:DateTime". +
+ background- + + Color +	Color	void	const Color +&color_	Image background color
+ background- + + Texture +	string	void	const string &texture_	Image file name to use as the background +texture. Does not modify image pixels.
+ baseColumns +	size_t	void		Base image width (before transformations)
+ baseFilename +	string	void		Base image filename (before transformations)
+ baseRows +	size_t	void		Base image height (before transformations)
+ borderColor +	Color	void	const Color +&color_	Image border color
boundingBox	Geometry	void		Return smallest bounding box enclosing +non-border pixels. The current fuzz value is used when discriminating +between pixels. This is the crop bounding box used by +crop(Geometry(0,0)).
+ boxColor +	Color	void	const Color +&boxColor_	Base color that annotation text is rendered +on.
cacheThreshold	size_t		const size_t	Pixel cache threshold in megabytes. Once this +threshold is exceeded, all subsequent pixels cache operations are +to/from disk. This is a static method and the attribute it sets is +shared by all Image objects.
channelDepth +	size_t + +	const +ChannelType channel_ +	const ChannelType +channel_, const size_t depth_ +	Channel modulus depth. +The channel modulus depth represents the minimum number of bits +required +to support the channel without loss. Setting the channel's modulus +depth +modifies the channel (i.e. discards resolution) if the requested +modulus +depth is less than the current modulus depth, otherwise the channel is +not altered. There is no attribute associated with the modulus depth so +the current modulus depth is obtained by inspecting the pixels. As a +result, the depth returned may be less than the most recently set +channel depth. Subsequent image processing may result in increasing the +channel depth. +
+ chroma- + + BluePrimary +	double x & y	double x_, double y_	double x_, double y_	Chromaticity blue primary point (e.g. x=0.15, +y=0.06)
+ chroma- + + GreenPrimary +	double x & y	double x_, double y_	double x_, double y_	Chromaticity green primary point (e.g. x=0.3, +y=0.6)
+ chroma- + + RedPrimary +	double x & y	double x_, double y_	double x_, double y_	Chromaticity red primary point (e.g. x=0.64, +y=0.33)
+ chroma- + + WhitePoint +	double x & y	doublex_, double y_	double x_, double y_	Chromaticity white point (e.g. x=0.3127, +y=0.329)
+ classType +	ClassType +	void	ClassType +class_	Image storage class. Note that +conversion from a DirectClass image to a PseudoClass image may result +in a loss of color due to the limited size of the palette (256 or +65535 colors).
+ clipMask +	Image	void	const Image &clipMask_	Associate a clip mask image with the current +image. The clip mask image must have the same dimensions as the current +image or an exception is thrown. Clipping occurs wherever pixels are +transparent in the clip mask image. Clipping Pass an invalid image to +unset an existing clip mask.
+ colorFuzz +	double	void	double fuzz_	Colors within this distance are considered +equal. A number of algorithms search for a target color. By +default the color must be exact. Use this option to match colors that +are close to the target color in RGB space.
+ colorMap +	Color	size_t index_	size_t index_, const Color &color_	Color at colormap index.
+ colorMapSize + +	size_t +	void +	size_t entries_ +	Number of entries in the +colormap. Setting the colormap size may extend or truncate the +colormap. +The maximum number of supported entries is specified by the MaxColormapSizeconstant, +and is dependent on the value of QuantumDepth when ImageMagick is +compiled. An exception is thrown if more entries are requested than may +be supported. Care should be taken when truncating the colormap to +ensure that the image colormap indexes reference valid colormap entries. +
+ colorSpace +	ColorspaceType +colorSpace_	void	ColorspaceType +colorSpace_	The colorspace (e.g. CMYK) used to represent +the image pixel colors. Image pixels are always stored as RGB(A) except +for the case of CMY(K).
+ columns +	size_t	void		Image width
+ comment +	string	void		Image comment
+ compose +	CompositeOperator +	void	CompositeOperator +compose_	Composition operator to be used when +composition is implicitly used (such as for image flattening).
+ compress- + + Type +	CompressionType +	void	CompressionType +compressType_	Image compresion type. The default is the +compression type of the specified image file.
+ debug +	bool	void	bool flag_	Enable printing of internal debug messages +from ImageMagick as it executes.
defineValue +	string +	const std::string +&magick_, const std::string &key_ +	const std::string +&magick_, const std::string &key_, const std::string +&value_ +	Set or obtain a +definition string to applied when encoding or decoding the specified +format. The meanings of the definitions are format specific. The format +is designated by the magick_ +argument, the format-specific key is designated by key_, and the associated value is +specified by value_. See the +defineSet() method if the key must be removed entirely. +
defineSet +	bool +	const std::string +&magick_, const std::string &key_ +	const std::string +&magick_, const std::string &key_, bool flag_ +	Set or obtain a +definition flag to applied when encoding or decoding the specified +format.. Similar to the defineValue() method except that +passing the flag_ value +'true' +creates a value-less define with that format and key. Passing the flag_ +value 'false' removes any existing matching definition. The method +returns 'true' if a matching key exists, and 'false' if no matching key +exists. +
+ density +	Geometry +(default 72x72)	void	const Geometry +&density_	Vertical and horizontal resolution in pixels +of the image. This option specifies an image density when decoding a +Postscript or Portable Document page. Often used with psPageSize.
+ depth +	size_t (8-32)	void	size_t depth_	Image depth. Used to specify the bit depth +when reading or writing raw images or when the output format +supports multiple depths. Defaults to the quantum depth that +ImageMagick is compiled with.
+ endian +	EndianType +	void	EndianType +endian_	Specify (or obtain) endian option for formats +which support it.
+ directory +	string	void		Tile names from within an image montage
+ file +	FILE *	FILE *	FILE *file_	Image file descriptor.
+ fileName +	string	void	const string &fileName_	Image file name.
+ fileSize +	off_t	void		Number of bytes of the image on disk
+ fillColor +	Color	void	const Color &fillColor_	Color to use when filling drawn objects
+ fillPattern +	Image	void	const Image &fillPattern_	Pattern image to use when filling drawn +objects.
+ fillRule +	FillRule +	void	const Magick::FillRule &fillRule_	Rule to use when filling drawn objects.
+ filterType +	FilterTypes +	void	FilterTypes +filterType_	Filter to use when resizing image. The +reduction filter employed has a sigificant effect on the time required +to resize an image and the resulting quality. The default filter is Lanczos +which has been shown to produce high quality results when reducing most +images.
+ font +	string	void	const string &font_	Text rendering font. If the font is a fully +qualified X server font name, the font is obtained from an X +server. To use a TrueType font, precede the TrueType filename with an +@. Otherwise, specify a Postscript font name (e.g. +"helvetica").
+ fontPointsize +	size_t	void	size_t pointSize_	Text rendering font point size
+ fontTypeMetrics +	TypeMetric	const std::string &text_, TypeMetric *metrics		Update metrics with font type metrics using +specified text, and current font and fontPointSize settings.
+ format +	string	void		Long form image format description.
+ gamma +	double (typical range 0.8 to 2.3)	void		Gamma level of the image. The same color +image displayed on two different workstations may +look different due to differences in the display monitor. +Use gamma correction to adjust for this +color difference.
+ geometry +	Geometry	void		Preferred size of the image when encoding.
+ gifDispose- + + Method +	size_t + { 0 = Disposal not specified, + 1 = Do not dispose of graphic, + 3 = Overwrite graphic with background color, + + 4 = Overwrite graphic with previous graphic. }	void	size_t disposeMethod_	GIF disposal method. This option is used to +control how successive frames are rendered (how the preceding frame is +disposed of) when creating a GIF animation.
+ iccColorProfile +	Blob	void	const Blob +&colorProfile_	ICC color profile. Supplied via a Blob since Magick++/ and ImageMagick do not +currently support formating this data structure directly. +Specifications are available from the +International Color Consortium for the format of ICC color profiles.
+ interlace- + + Type +	InterlaceType +	void	InterlaceType +interlace_	The type of interlacing scheme (default NoInterlace +). This option is used to specify the type of interlacing +scheme for raw image formats such as RGB or YUV. NoInterlace +means do not interlace, LineInterlace uses scanline +interlacing, and PlaneInterlace uses plane interlacing. +PartitionInterlace is like PlaneInterlace except the +different planes are saved to individual files (e.g. +image.R, image.G, and image.B). Use LineInterlace or +PlaneInterlace to create an interlaced GIF or progressive JPEG +image.
+ iptcProfile +	Blob	void	const Blob & +iptcProfile_	IPTC profile. Supplied via a Blob since Magick++ and ImageMagick do not +currently support formating this data structure directly. +Specifications are available from the +International Press Telecommunications Council for IPTC profiles.
+ label +	string	void	const string &label_	Image label
+ magick +	string	void	const string &magick_	Get image format (e.g. "GIF")
+ matte +	bool	void	bool matteFlag_	True if the image has transparency. If set +True, store matte channel if the image has one otherwise create +an opaque one.
+ matteColor +	Color	void	const Color +&matteColor_	Image matte (frame) color
+ meanError- + + PerPixel +	double	void		The mean error per pixel computed when an +image is color reduced. This parameter is only valid if verbose is set +to true and the image has just been quantized.
modulusDepth +	size_t + +	void +	size_t +depth_ +	Image +modulus depth (minimum number of bits required to support +red/green/blue components without loss of accuracy). The pixel modulus +depth may be decreased by supplying a value which is less than the +current value, updating the pixels (reducing accuracy) to the new +depth. +The pixel modulus depth can not be increased over the current value +using this method. +
+ monochrome +	bool	void	bool flag_	Transform the image to black and white
+ montage- + + Geometry +	Geometry	void		Tile size and offset within an image montage. +Only valid for montage images.
+ normalized- + + MaxError +	double	void		The normalized max error per pixel computed +when an image is color reduced. This parameter is only valid if verbose +is set to true and the image has just been quantized.
+ normalized- + + MeanError +	double	void		The normalized mean error per pixel computed +when an image is color reduced. This parameter is only valid if verbose +is set to true and the image has just been quantized.
orientation +	OrientationType	void +	OrientationType +orientation_	Image orientation. + Supported by some file formats such as DPX and TIFF. Useful for +turning the right way up. +
+ packets +	size_t	void		The number of runlength-encoded packets in + + the image
+ packetSize +	size_t	void		The number of bytes in each pixel packet
+ page +	Geometry +	void	const Geometry &pageSize_	Preferred size and location of an image +canvas. + Use this option to specify the dimensions +and position of the Postscript page in dots per inch or a TEXT page in +pixels. This option is typically used in concert with density . + Page may also be used to position a GIF +image (such as for a scene in an animation) +
+ pixelColor +	Color	ssize_t x_, ssize_t y_	ssize_t x_, ssize_t y_, const Color &color_	Get/set pixel color at location x & y.
+ profile + +	Blob +	const std::string name_ +	const std::string name_, const Blob +&colorProfile_ +	Get/set/remove a named +profile. Valid names include "*", +"8BIM", "ICM", "IPTC", or a user/format-defined profile name. +
+ quality +	size_t (0 to 100)	void	size_t quality_	JPEG/MIFF/PNG compression level (default 75).
+ quantize- + + Colors +	size_t	void	size_t colors_	Preferred number of colors in the image. The +actual number of colors in the image may be less than your request, but +never more. Images with less unique colors than specified with this +option will have any duplicate or unused colors removed.
+ quantize- + + ColorSpace +	ColorspaceType +	void	ColorspaceType +colorSpace_	Colorspace to quantize colors in (default +RGB). Empirical evidence suggests that distances in color spaces such +as YUV or YIQ correspond to perceptual color differences more closely +than do distances in RGB space. These color spaces may give better +results when color reducing an image.
+ quantize- + + Dither +	bool	void	bool flag_	Apply Floyd/Steinberg error diffusion to the +image. The basic strategy of dithering is to trade +intensity +resolution for spatial resolution by +averaging the intensities of several +neighboring pixels. Images which suffer from +severe contouring when reducing colors can be +improved with this option. The quantizeColors or monochrome option must +be set for this option to take effect.
+ quantize- + + TreeDepth +	size_t	void	size_t treeDepth_	Depth of the quantization color +classification tree. Values of 0 or 1 allow selection of the optimal +tree depth for the color reduction algorithm. Values between 2 and 8 +may be used to manually adjust the tree depth.
+ rendering- + + Intent +	RenderingIntent +	void	RenderingIntent +render_	The type of rendering intent
+ resolution- + + Units +	ResolutionType +	void	ResolutionType +units_	Units of image resolution
+ rows +	size_t	void		The number of pixel rows in the image
+ scene +	size_t	void	size_t scene_	Image scene number
+ signature +	string	bool force_ = false		Image MD5 signature. Set force_ to 'true' to +force re-computation of signature.
+ size +	Geometry	void	const Geometry +&geometry_	Width and height of a raw image (an image +which does not support width and height information). Size may +also be used to affect the image size read from a multi-resolution +format (e.g. Photo CD, JBIG, or JPEG.
+ strip +	void	strips an image of all profiles and comments.
+ strokeAntiAlias +	bool	void	bool flag_	Enable or disable anti-aliasing when drawing +object outlines.
+ strokeColor +	Color	void	const Color &strokeColor_	Color to use when drawing object outlines
+ strokeDashOffset +	size_t	void	double strokeDashOffset_	While drawing using a dash pattern, specify +distance into the dash pattern to start the dash (default 0).
+ strokeDashArray +	const double*	void	const double* strokeDashArray_	Specify the pattern of dashes and gaps used +to stroke paths. The strokeDashArray represents a zero-terminated +array of numbers that specify the lengths (in pixels) of alternating +dashes and gaps in user units. If an odd number of values is provided, +then the list of values is repeated to yield an even number of +values. A typical strokeDashArray_ array might contain the +members 5 3 2 0, where the zero value indicates the end of the pattern +array.
+ strokeLineCap +	LineCap	void	LineCap lineCap_	Specify the shape to be used at the corners +of paths (or other vector shapes) when they are stroked. Values of +LineJoin are UndefinedJoin, MiterJoin, RoundJoin, and BevelJoin.
+ strokeLineJoin +	LineJoin	void	LineJoin lineJoin_	Specify the shape to be used at the corners +of paths (or other vector shapes) when they are stroked. Values of +LineJoin are UndefinedJoin, MiterJoin, RoundJoin, and BevelJoin.
+ strokeMiterLimit +	size_t	void	size_t miterLimit_	Specify miter limit. When two line segments +meet at a sharp angle and miter joins have been specified for +'lineJoin', it is possible for the miter to extend far beyond the +thickness of the line stroking the path. The miterLimit' imposes a +limit on the ratio of the miter length to the 'lineWidth'. The default +value of this parameter is 4.
+ strokeWidth +	double	void	double strokeWidth_	Stroke width for use when drawing vector +objects (default one)
+ strokePattern +	Image	void	const Image &strokePattern_	Pattern image to use while drawing object +stroke (outlines).
+ subImage +	size_t	void	size_t subImage_	Subimage of an image sequence
+ subRange +	size_t	void	size_t subRange_	Number of images relative to the base image
+ textEncoding + +	string +	void +	const std::string &encoding_ +	Specify the code set to use for text +annotations. The only character encoding which may be specified at +this time is "UTF-8" for representing Unicode as a +sequence of bytes. Specify an empty string to use the default ASCII +encoding. Successful text annotation using Unicode may require fonts +designed to support Unicode. +
+ tileName +	string	void	const string &tileName_	Tile name
+ totalColors +	size_t	void		Number of colors in the image
+ type +	ImageType +	void	ImageType	Image type.
+ verbose +	bool	void	bool verboseFlag_	Print detailed information about the image
+ view +	string	void	const string &view_	FlashPix viewing parameters.
+ virtualPixelMethod +	VirtualPixelMethod +	void	VirtualPixelMethod +virtualPixelMethod_	Image virtual pixel method.
+ x11Display +	string (e.g. "hostname:0.0")	void	const string &display_	X11 display to display to, obtain fonts from, +or to capture image from
+ xResolution +	double	void		x resolution of the image
+ yResolution +	double	void		y resolution of the image

+ +

Low-Level Image Pixel Access

+ +Image pixels (of type PixelPacket ) +may be accessed directly via the Image Pixel Cache . The +image pixel cache is a rectangular window into the actual image pixels +(which may be in memory, memory-mapped from a disk file, or entirely on +disk). Two interfaces exist to access the Image Pixel Cache. +The +interface described here (part of the Image class) supports +only +one view at a time. See the Pixels +class for a more abstract interface which supports simultaneous pixel +views (up to the number of rows). As an analogy, the interface +described +here relates to the Pixels class as +stdio's gets() relates to fgets(). The Pixels +class provides the more general form of the interface. +

Obtain existing image pixels via getPixels(). Create a new +pixel region using setPixels().

In order to ensure that only the current generation of the image is +modified, the Image's modifyImage() method +should be invoked to reduce the reference count on the underlying image +to one. If this is not done, then it is possible for a previous +generation of the image to be modified due to the use of reference +counting when copying or constructing an Image.
+

Depending on the capabilities of the operating system, and the +relationship of the window to the image, the pixel cache may be a copy +of the pixels in the selected window, or it may be the actual image +pixels. In any case calling syncPixels() insures that the base +image is updated with the contents of the modified pixel cache. The +method readPixels() supports copying foreign pixel data +formats +into the pixel cache according to the QuantumTypes. The method writePixels() +supports copying the pixels in the cache to a foreign pixel +representation according to the format specified by QuantumTypes.

The pixel region is effectively a small image in which the pixels +may be accessed, addressed, and updated, as shown in the following +example: +

+
+Image image("cow.png"); 
+// Ensure that there are no other references to this image.
+image.modifyImage();
+// Set the image type to TrueColor DirectClass representation.
+image.type(TrueColorType);
+// Request pixel region with size 60x40, and top origin at 20x30 
+ssize_t columns = 60; 
+PixelPacket *pixel_cache = image.getPixels(20,30,columns,40); 
+// Set pixel at column 5, and row 10 in the pixel cache to red. 
+ssize_t column = 5; 
+ssize_t row = 10; 
+PixelPacket *pixel = pixel_cache+row*columns+column; 
+*pixel = Color("red"); 
+// Save changes to underlying image .
+image.syncPixels();
+  // Save updated image to file.
+image.write("horse.png");
+

The image cache supports the following methods:
+ +

Image Cache Methods
+ Method +	+ Returns +	+ Signature +	+ Description +
+ getConstPixels +	const PixelPacket +*	const ssize_t x_, const ssize_t y_, const size_t +columns_, const size_t rows_	Transfers pixels from the image to the pixel +cache as defined by the specified rectangular region. The returned pointer remains valid until the next getPixel, +getConstPixels, or setPixels call and should never be deallocated by +the +user.
+ getConstIndexes +	const IndexPacket*	void	Returns a pointer to the Image pixel indexes +corresponding to a previous getPixel, +getConstPixels, or setPixels call. The +returned pointer remains valid until the next getPixel, getConstPixels, +or setPixels call and should never be deallocated by the user. Only valid for PseudoClass images or CMYKA images. The +pixel indexes represent an array of type IndexPacket, with each entry +corresponding to an x,y pixel position. For PseudoClass images, the +entry's value is the offset into the colormap (see colorMap +) for that pixel. For CMYKA images, the indexes are used to contain the +alpha channel.
+ getIndexes +	IndexPacket*	void	Returns a pointer to the Image pixel indexes +corresponding to the pixel region requested by the last getConstPixels , getPixels +, or setPixels call. The +returned pointer remains valid until the next getPixel, getConstPixels, +or setPixels call and should never be deallocated by the user. Only valid for PseudoClass images +or +CMYKA images. The pixel indexes represent an array of type +IndexPacket, with each entry corresponding to a pixel x,y position. For +PseudoClass images, the entry's value is the offset into the colormap +(see colorMap ) for that pixel. For +CMYKA +images, the indexes are used to contain the alpha channel.
+ getPixels +	PixelPacket *	const ssize_t x_, const ssize_t y_, const size_t +columns_, const size_t rows_	Transfers pixels from the image to the pixel +cache as defined by the specified rectangular region. Modified pixels +may be subsequently transferred back to the image via syncPixels. The returned pointer remains valid until the next getPixel, +getConstPixels, or setPixels call and should never be deallocated by +the +user.
+ setPixels +	PixelPacket *	const ssize_t x_, const ssize_t y_, const size_t +columns_, const size_t rows_	Allocates a pixel cache region to store image +pixels as defined by the region rectangle. This area is +subsequently transferred from the pixel cache to the image via +syncPixels. The returned pointer remains +valid until the next getPixel, getConstPixels, or setPixels call and +should never be deallocated by the user.
+ syncPixels +	void	void	Transfers the image cache pixels to the image.
+ readPixels +	void	QuantumTypes +quantum_, unsigned char *source_,	Transfers one or more pixel components from a +buffer or file into the image pixel cache of an image. ReadPixels is +typically used to support image decoders. The region transferred +corresponds to the region set by a preceding setPixels call.
+ writePixels +	void	QuantumTypes +quantum_, unsigned char *destination_	Transfers one or more pixel components from +the image pixel cache to a buffer or file. WritePixels is typically +used to support image encoders. The region transferred corresponds to +the region set by a preceding getPixels or getConstPixels call.

diff --git a/www/Magick++/ImageDesign.html b/www/Magick++/ImageDesign.html index 924dede06..363cec5f7 100644 --- a/www/Magick++/ImageDesign.html +++ b/www/Magick++/ImageDesign.html @@ -1,10 +1,17 @@ - - + + + - - + +Magick++ API: Design Principles + +

+ +

Magick::Image Data Structures

+The class Magick::Image is a simple handle which points to a reference-counted image representation. This allows multiple Magick::Image instances to share the same image and attributes. At the point in time that the image data, or image attributes are modified and the current reference count is greater than one, the image data and attributes are copied to create a new image with a reference count of one and the reference count on the old image is decremented. If the reference count on the old image becomes zero, then the associated reference and data are deleted. This strategy represents a simple (but effective) form of garbage collection +

+ diff --git a/www/Magick++/Montage.html b/www/Magick++/Montage.html index 924dede06..c02dad1f3 100644 --- a/www/Magick++/Montage.html +++ b/www/Magick++/Montage.html @@ -1,10 +1,332 @@ - - + + + - - + +Magick++ API: Montage + +

Magick::Montage Class

A montage is a single image which is composed of thumbnail images composed in a uniform grid. The size of the montage image is determined by the size of the individual thumbnails and the number of rows and columns in the grid.

The following illustration shows a montage consisting of three columns and two rows of thumbnails rendered on a gray background:

Montages may be either "plain" (undecorated thumbnails) or "framed" (decorated thumbnails). In order to more easily understand the options supplied to MontageImages(), montage options are supplied by two different classes: Magick::Montage and Magick::MontageFramed.

Plain Montages

Magick::Montage is the base class to provide montage options and provides methods to set all options required to render simple (unframed) montages. See Magick::MontageFramedif you would like to create a framed montage.

Unframed thumbnails consist of four components: the thumbnail image, the thumbnail border, an optional thumbnail shadow, and an optional thumbnail label area.

Montage Methods

+ Method	+ Return Type	+ Signature(s)	+ Description
+ Montage		+ void	+ Default constructor
+ backgroundColor	+ void	+ const Color &backgroundColor_	+ Specifies the background color that thumbnails are imaged upon.
	+ Color	+ void
+ compose	+ void	+ CompositeOperator compose_	+ Specifies the image composition algorithm for thumbnails. This controls the algorithm by which the thumbnail image is placed on the background. Use of OverCompositeOp is recommended for use with images that have transparency. This option may have negative side-effects for images without transparency.
	+ CompositeOperator	+ void
+ fileName	+ void	+ std::string fileName_	+ Specifies the image filename to be used for the generated montage images. To handle the case were multiple montage images are generated, a printf-style format may be embedded within the filename. For example, a filename specification of image%02d.miff names the montage images as image00.miff, image01.miff, etc.
	+ std::string	+ void
+ fill	+ void	+ const Color &pen_	+ Specifies the fill color to use for the label text.
	+ Color	+ void
+ font	+ void	+ std::string font_	+ Specifies the thumbnail label font.
	+ std::string	+ void
+ geometry	+ void	+ const Geometry &geometry_	+ Specifies the size of the generated thumbnail.
	+ Geometry	+ void
+ gravity	+ void	+ GravityType gravity_	+ Specifies the thumbnail positioning within the specified geometry area. If the thumbnail is smaller in any dimension than the geometry, then it is placed according to this specification.
	+ GravityType	+ void
+ label	+ void	+ std::string label_	+ Specifies the format used for the image label. Special format characters may be embedded in the format string to include information about the image.
	+ std::string	+ void
+ penColor	+ void	+ const Color &pen_	+ Specifies the pen color to use for the label text (same as fill).
	+ Color	+ void
+ pointSize	+ void	+ size_t pointSize_	+ Specifies the thumbnail label font size.
	+ size_t	+ void
+ shadow	+ void	+ bool shadow_	+ Enable/disable drop-shadow on thumbnails.
	+ bool	+ void
+ stroke	+ void	+ const Color &pen_	+ Specifies the stroke color to use for the label text .
	+ Color	+ void
+ texture	+ void	+ std::string texture_	+ Specifies a texture image to use as montage background. The built-in textures "`granite:`" and "`plasma:`" are available. A texture is the same as a background image.
	+ std::string	+ void
+ tile	+ void	+ const Geometry &tile_	+ Specifies the maximum number of montage columns and rows in the montage. The montage is built by filling out all cells in a row before advancing to the next row. Once the montage has reached the maximum number of columns and rows, a new montage image is started.
	+ Geometry	+ void
+ transparentColor	+ void	+ const Color &transparentColor_	+ Specifies a montage color to set transparent. This option can be set the same as the background color in order for the thumbnails to appear without a background when rendered on an HTML page. For best effect, ensure that the transparent color selected does not occur in the rendered thumbnail colors.
	+ Color	+ void

Framed Montages

Magick::MontageFramed provides the means to specify montage options when it is desired to have decorative frames around the image thumbnails. MontageFramed inherits from Montage and therefore provides all the methods of Montage as well as those shown in the table "MontageFramed Methods".

Framed thumbnails consist of four components: the thumbnail image, the thumbnail frame, the thumbnail border, an optional thumbnail shadow, and an optional thumbnail label area.

MontageFramed Methods

+ Method	+ Return Type	+ Signature(s)	+ Description
+ MontageFramed		+ void	+ Default constructor (enable frame via frameGeometry).
+ borderColor	+ void	+ const Color &borderColor_	+ Specifies the background color within the thumbnail frame.
+ borderColor	+ Color	+ void
+ borderWidth	+ void	+ size_t borderWidth_	+ Specifies the border (in pixels) to place between a thumbnail and its surrounding frame. This option only takes effect if thumbnail frames are enabled (via frameGeometry) and the thumbnail geometry specification doesn't also specify the thumbnail border width.
+ borderWidth	+ size_t	+ void
+ frameGeometry	+ void	+ const Geometry &frame_	+ Specifies the geometry specification for frame to place around thumbnail. If this parameter is not specified, then the montage is unframed.
+ frameGeometry	+ Geometry	+ void
+ matteColor	+ void	+ const Color &matteColor_	+ Specifies the thumbnail frame color.
+ matteColor	+ Color	+ void	+ Specifies the thumbnail frame color.

diff --git a/www/Magick++/PixelPacket.html b/www/Magick++/PixelPacket.html index 924dede06..49182356b 100644 --- a/www/Magick++/PixelPacket.html +++ b/www/Magick++/PixelPacket.html @@ -1,10 +1,111 @@ - - + + + - - + +Magick++ API: PixelPacket + +

PixelPacket Structure

The PixelPacket structure is used to represent pixels in ImageMagick. ImageMagick may be compiled to support 32 or 64 bit pixels. The size of PixelPacket is controlled by the value of the QuantumDepth define. The default is 64 bit pixels, which provide the best accuracy. If memory consumption must be minimized, or processing time must be minimized, then ImageMagick may be compiled with QuantumDepth=8. The following table shows the relationship between QuantumDepth, the type of Quantum, and the overall PixelPacket size.

+
+

Effect Of QuantumDepth Values

+ + ++++ + + + + + + + + + + +

+ QuantumDepth	+ Quantum Type	+ PixelPacket Size
+ 8	+ unsigned char	+ 32 bits
+ 16	+ unsigned short	+ 64 bits

The members of the PixelPacket structure, and their interpretation, are shown in the following table:

+
+

PixelPacket Structure Members

+ + ++++++ + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +

+ Member	+ Type	+ Interpretation
+ Member	+ Type	+ RGBColorspace	+ RGBColorspace + matte	+ CMYKColorspace
+ red	+ Quantum	+ Red	+ Red	+ Cyan
+ green	+ Quantum	+ Green	+ Green	+ Magenta
+ blue	+ Quantum	+ Blue	+ Blue	+ Yellow
+ opacity	+ Quantum	+ Ignored	+ Opacity	+ Ignored

+ diff --git a/www/Magick++/Pixels.html b/www/Magick++/Pixels.html index 924dede06..ef2bc2364 100644 --- a/www/Magick++/Pixels.html +++ b/www/Magick++/Pixels.html @@ -1,10 +1,259 @@ - - + + + - - + +Magick++ API: Working with Pixels + +

Magick::Pixels

The Pixels class provides efficient access to raw image +pixels. Image pixels (of type PixelPacket) +may be accessed directly via the Image Pixel Cache. The image +pixel cache is a rectangular window (a view) into the actual image +pixels (which may be in memory, memory-mapped from a disk file, or +entirely on disk). Obtain existing image pixels via get(). +Create a new pixel region using set().

Depending on the capabilities of the operating system, and the +relationship of the window to the image, the pixel cache may be a copy +of the pixels in the selected window, or it may be the actual image +pixels. In any case calling sync() insures that the base image +is updated with the contents of the modified pixel cache. The method decode()supports +copying foreign pixel data formats into the pixel cache according to +the QuantumTypes. The method encode() supports copying +the pixels in the cache to a foreign pixel representation according to +the format specified by QuantumTypes.

Setting a view using the Pixels class does not cause the number of +references to the underlying image to be reduced to one. Therefore, in +order to ensure that only the current generation of the image is +modified, the Image's modifyImage() +method should be invoked to reduce the reference count on the underlying +image to one. If this is not done, then it is possible for a previous +generation of the image to be modified due to the use of reference +counting when copying or constructing an Image.

The PixelPacket* returned by the set and get +methods, and the IndexPacket* returned by the indexes +method point to pixel data managed by the Pixels class. The Pixels +class is responsible for releasing resources associated with the pixel +view. This means that the pointer should never be passed to delete() or +free().

The pixel view is a small image in which +the pixels may be accessed, addressed, and updated, as shown in the +following example, which produces an image similar to the one on the +right (minus lines and text):

+ // Create base image + Image image(Geometry(254,218), "white"); + + + // Set the image type to TrueColor DirectClass representation. + image.type(TrueColorType); + // Ensure that there is only one reference to underlying image + // If this is not done, then image pixels will not be modified. + image.modifyImage(); + + // Allocate pixel view + Pixels view(image); + + // Set all pixels in region anchored at 38x36, with size 160x230 to green. + size_t columns = 196; size_t rows = 162; + Color green("green"); + PixelPacket *pixels = view.get(38,36,columns,rows); + for ( ssize_t row = 0; row < rows ; ++row ) + for ( ssize_t column = 0; column < columns ; ++column ) + *pixels++=green; + + // Save changes to image. + view.sync(); + + // Set all pixels in region anchored at 86x72, with size 108x67 to yellow. + columns = 108; rows = 67; + Color yellow("yellow"); + pixels = view.get(86,72,columns,rows); + for ( ssize_t row = 0; row < rows ; ++row ) + for ( ssize_t column = 0; column < columns ; ++column ) + *pixels++=yellow; + view.sync(); + + // Set pixel at position 108,94 to red + *(view.get(108,94,1,1)) = Color("red"); + + // Save changes to image. + view.sync(); +

Pixels supports the following +methods:

Pixel Cache Methods

+ Method +	+ Returns +	+ Signature +	+ Description +
+ get +	+ PixelPacket* +	+ const ssize_t x_, const ssize_t y_, const size_t +columns_, const size_t rows_ +	+ Transfers read-write pixels from the image to +the pixel cache as defined by the specified rectangular region. + Modified pixels may be subsequently transferred back to the image + via sync. The value returned is intended for pixel access + only. It should never be deallocated. +
+ getConst +	+ const PixelPacket* +	+ const ssize_t x_, const ssize_t y_, const size_t + columns_, const size_t rows_ +	+ Transfers read-only pixels from the image to +the pixel cache as defined by the specified rectangular region. +
+ set +	+ PixelPacket* +	+ const ssize_t x_, const ssize_t y_, const size_t + columns_, const size_t rows_ +	+ Allocates a pixel cache region to store image + pixels as defined by the region rectangle.Â This area is + subsequently transferred from the pixel cache to the image via sync. +The value returned is intended for pixel access only. It should +never be deallocated. +
+ sync +	+ void +	+ void +	+ Transfers the image cache pixels to the image. +
+ indexes +	+ IndexPacket* +	+ void +	+ Returns the PsuedoColor pixel indexes + corresponding to the pixel region defined by the last get + , getConst, or set + call. Only valid for PseudoColor and CMYKA images. The pixel + indexes (an array of type IndexPacket, which is typedef Quantum, +which is itself typedef unsigned char, or unsigned short, +depending on the value of the QuantumDepth define) provide +the colormap index (see colorMap) for each pixel in the +image. For CMYKA images, the indexes represent the black +channel. The value returned is intended for pixel access only. It +should never be deallocated. +
+ x +	+ int +	+ void +	+ Left ordinate of view +
+ y +	+ int +	+ void +	+ Top ordinate of view +
+ columns +	+ size_t +	+ void +	+ Width of view +
+ rows +	+ size_t +	+ void +	+ Height of view +

+ diff --git a/www/Magick++/STL.html b/www/Magick++/STL.html index 924dede06..be89f832e 100644 --- a/www/Magick++/STL.html +++ b/www/Magick++/STL.html @@ -1,10 +1,1908 @@ - - + + + - - + +Magick++ API: STL Templates + +

Magick++ STL Support

+Magick++ provides a set of Standard +Template Libary (STL ) +algorithms for operating across ranges of image frames in a container. +It also provides a set of STL unary function objects to apply an +operation on image frames in a container via an algorithm which uses +unary function objects. A good example of a standard algorithm which is +useful for processing containers of image frames is the STL for_each +algorithm which invokes a unary function object on a range of container +elements. +

Magick++ uses a limited set of template argument types. The current +template argument types are:

+Container +

A container having the properties of a Back +Insertion Sequence . Sequences support forward iterators and Back +Insertion Sequences support the additional abilty to append an element +via push_back(). Common compatable container types are the STL < vector > and <list > template +containers. This template argument is usually used to represent an +output container in which one or more image frames may be appended. +Containers like STL <vector +> which have a given default capacity may need to have their +capacity adjusted via reserve() to a larger capacity +in order to support the expected final size . Since Magick++ +images are very small, it is likely that the default capacity of STL < vector > is +sufficient for most situations.

+ InputIterator +

An input iterator used to express a position in a +container. These template arguments are typically used to represent a +range of elements with first_ representing the first element to +be processed and last_ representing the element to stop at. When +processing the entire contents of a container, it is handy to know that +STL containers usually provide the begin() and end() methods to return +input interators which correspond with the first and last elements, +respectively.

The following is an example of how frames from a GIF animation "test_image_anim.gif" may be appended horizontally +with the resulting image written to the file appended_image.miff:

+#include <list> 
+#include <Magick++.h> 
+using namespace std; 
+using namespace Magick;
+
+int main(int /*argc*/,char **/*argv*/) 
+{ 
+   list<Image> imageList; 
+   readImages( &imageList, "test_image_anim.gif" );
+
+   Image appended; 
+   appendImages( &appended, imageList.begin(), imageList.end() ); 
+   appended.write( "appended_image.miff" ); 
+   return 0; 
+}
+

The available Magick++ specific STL algorithms for operating on +sequences of image frames are shown in the following table:
+ +

**Magick++ STL Algorithms For Image Sequences**
+ Algorithm +	+ Signature +	+ Description +
+ animateImages +	InputIterator +first_, InputIterator +last_	Animate a sequence of image frames. Image +frames are displayed in succession, creating an animated effect. The +animation options are taken from the first image frame. This feature is +only supported under X11 at the moment.
+ appendImages +	Image +*appendedImage_, InputIterator +first_, InputIterator +last_, bool stack_ = false	Append a sequence of image frames, writing +the result to appendedImage_. All the input image frames must +have the same width or height. Image frames of the same width are +stacked top-to-bottom. Image frames of the same height are stacked +left-to-right. If the stack_ parameter is false, rectangular +image frames are stacked left-to-right otherwise top-to-bottom.
+ averageImages +	Image +*averagedImage_, InputIterator +first_, InputIterator +last_	Average a sequence of image frames, writing +the result to averagedImage_. All the input image frames must +be the same size in pixels.
+ coalesceImages +	Container +*coalescedImages_, InputIterator +first_, InputIterator +last_ +	Create a coalesced image sequence obtained by +"playing" the image sequence (observing page offsets and disposal +methods) to create a new image sequence in which all frames are full +size and completely rendered. Note that if the original image sequence +relied on page offsets and disposal methods that the resulting sequence +will be larger (perhaps much larger) then the original. This is useful +for GIF animation sequences that have page offsets and disposal methods. +The resuting image sequence is returned via coalescedImages_.
+ deconstructImages +	Container +*deconstructedImages_, InputIterator +first_, InputIterator +last_	Break down an image sequence into constituent +parts. This is useful for creating GIF or MNG animation sequences. +The input sequence is specified by first_ and last_, and +the deconstructed images are returned via deconstructedImages_.
+ displayImages +	InputIterator +first_, InputIterator +last_	Display a sequence of image frames. Through +use of a pop-up menu, image frames may be selected in succession. This +feature is fully supported under X11 but may have only limited support +in other environments. + Caution: if +an image format is is not compatable with the display visual (e.g. JPEG +on a colormapped display) then the original image will be altered. Use a +copy of the original if this is a problem.
+ flattenImages +	Image +*flattendImage_, InputIterator +first_, InputIterator +last_	Merge a sequence of image frames which +represent image layers into a single composited representation. The flattendImage_ +parameter points to an existing Image to update with the flattened +image. This function is useful for combining Photoshop layers into a +single image.
+ forwardFourierTransformImage +	Container +*fourierImages_, const Image &image_	Implements the discrete Fourier transform (DFT) of the image as a magnitude / phase image pair via fourierImages_.
+ forwardFourierTransformImage +	Container +*fourierImages_, const Image &image_, const bool magnitude_	Implements the discrete Fourier transform (DFT) of the image either as a magnitude / phase or real / imaginary image pair via fourierImages_.
+ mapImages +	InputIterator +first_, InputIterator +last_, const Image & mapImage_, bool +dither_, bool measureError_ = false	Replace the colors of a sequence of images +with the closest color from a reference image. Set dither_ to true +to enable dithering. Set measureError_ to true in +order to evaluate quantization error.
+ montageImages +	Container +*montageImages_, InputIterator +first_, InputIterator +last_, const Montage &montageOpts_	Create a composite image by combining several +separate image frames. Multiple frames may be generated in the output +container montageImages_ depending on the tile setting and the +number of image frames montaged. Montage options are provided via the +parameter montageOpts_ . Options set in the first image frame ( backgroundColor, borderColor , matteColor , penColor, font, +and fontPointsize ) are also used +as options by montageImages().
+ morphImages +	Container +*morphedImages_, InputIterator +first_, InputIterator +last_, size_t frames_	Morph a seqence of image frames. This +algorithm expands the number of image frames (output to the +container morphedImages_) by adding the number of intervening +frames specified by frames_ such that the original frames morph +(blend) into each other when played as an animation.
+ mosaicImages +	Image *mosaicImage_, InputIterator +first_, InputIterator +last_	Inlay a number of images to form a single +coherent picture. The mosicImage_ argument is updated with a +mosaic constructed from the image sequence represented by first_ +through last_ .
quantizeImages	InputIterator +first_, InputIterator +last_, bool measureError_ = false	Quantize colors in images using current +quantization settings. Set measureError_ to true in order +to measure quantization error.
+ readImages +	Container +*sequence_, const std::string &imageSpec_	Read a sequence of image frames into existing +container (appending to container sequence_) with image names +specified in the UTF-8 string imageSpec_.
+ readImages +	Container +*sequence_, const Blob &blob_	Read a sequence of image frames into existing +container (appending to container sequence_) from Blob +blob_.
+ writeImages +	InputIterator +first_, InputIterator +last_, const std::string &imageSpec_, bool adjoin_ = true	Write images in container to file specified +by string imageSpec_. Set adjoin_ to false to write a +set of image frames via a wildcard imageSpec_ (e.g. +image%02d.miff). +The wildcard must be one of `%0Nd, %0No, or %0Nx`. + Caution: if +an image format is selected which is capable of supporting fewer colors +than the original image or quantization has been requested, the original +image will be quantized to fewer colors. Use a copy of the original if +this is a problem.
+ writeImages +	InputIterator +first_, InputIterator +last_, Blob *blob_, bool adjoin_ = true	Write images in container to in-memory BLOB +specified by Blob blob_. Set adjoin_ to false to +write a set of image frames via a wildcard imageSpec_ (e.g. +image%02d.miff). + Caution: if an +image format is selected which is capable of supporting fewer colors +than the original image or quantization has been requested, the original +image will be quantized to fewer colors. Use a copy of the original if +this is a problem.

In addition, we support these yet to be documented methods: combineImages(), evaluateImages(), mergeImageLayers(), optimizeImageLayers(), optimizePlusImageLayers(), and separateImages().

+
+

+ +

Magick++ Unary Function Objects

+ +Magick++ unary function objects inherit from the STL unary_function +template class . The STL unary_function template class is of the form +

unary_function<Arg, Result>

+and expects that derived classes implement a method of the form: +

Result operator()( Arg argument_);

+which is invoked by algorithms using the function object. In the case +of unary function objects defined by Magick++, the invoked function +looks like: +

void operator()( Image &image_);

+with a typical implementation looking similar to: +

void operator()( Image &image_ ) 

+    { 

+      image_.contrast(
+_sharpen ); 

+    }

+where contrast is an Image method and _sharpen is an +argument stored within the function object by its contructor. Since +constructors may be polymorphic, a given function object may have +several constructors and selects the appropriate Image method based on +the arguments supplied. +

In essence, unary function objects (as provided by Magick++) simply +provide the means to construct an object which caches arguments for +later use by an algorithm designed for use with unary function objects. +There is a unary function object corresponding each algorithm provided +by the Image class and there is a contructor +available compatable with each synonymous method in the Image class.

The unary function objects that Magick++ provides to support +manipulating images are shown in the following table:
+ +

**Magick++ Unary Function Objects For Image Manipulation**
Function Object	Constructor Signatures(s)	Description
+ adaptiveThresholdImage + +	size_t width, size_t +height, unsigned offset = 0 +	Apply adaptive thresholding to +the image. Adaptive thresholding is useful if the ideal threshold level +is not known in advance, or if the illumination gradient is not constant +across the image. Adaptive thresholding works by evaulating the mean +(average) of a pixel region (size specified by width and height) +and using the mean as the thresholding value. In order to remove +residual noise from the background, the threshold may be adjusted by +subtracting a constant offset (default zero) from the mean to +compute the threshold. +
+ addNoiseImage +	NoiseType +noiseType_	Add noise to image with specified noise type.
affineTransformImage +	const DrawableAffine +&affine_ +	Transform image by +specified affine (or free transform) matrix. +
+ annotateImage +	const std::string &text_, const Geometry &location_	Annotate with text using specified text, +bounding area, placement gravity, and rotation. If boundingArea_ +is invalid, then bounding area is entire image.
	std::string text_, const Geometry &boundingArea_, GravityType gravity_	Annotate using specified text, bounding area, +and placement gravity. If boundingArea_ is invalid, then +bounding area is entire image.
	const std::string &text_, const Geometry &boundingArea_, GravityType gravity_, double +degrees_,	Annotate with text using specified text, +bounding area, placement gravity, and rotation. If boundingArea_ +is invalid, then bounding area is entire image.
	const std::string &text_, GravityType gravity_	Annotate with text (bounding area is entire +image) and placement gravity.
+ blurImage +	const double radius_ = 1, const double sigma_ += 0.5	Blur image. The radius_ parameter specifies +the radius of the Gaussian, in pixels, not counting the center +pixel. The sigma_ parameter specifies the standard deviation of +the Laplacian, in pixels.
+ borderImage +	const Geometry +&geometry_ = "6x6+0+0"	Border image (add border to image). The +color of the border is specified by the borderColor attribute.
+ charcoalImage +	const double radius_ = 1, const double sigma_ += 0.5	Charcoal effect image (looks like charcoal +sketch). The radius_ parameter specifies the radius of the Gaussian, in +pixels, not counting the center pixel. The sigma_ parameter +specifies the standard deviation of the Laplacian, in pixels.
+ chopImage +	const Geometry +&geometry_	Chop image (remove vertical or horizontal +subregion of image)
+ colorizeImage +	const size_t opacityRed_, const +size_t opacityGreen_, const size_t opacityBlue_, const Color +&penColor_	Colorize image with pen color, using +specified percent opacity for red, green, and blue quantums.
+ colorizeImage +	const size_t opacity_, const Color &penColor_	Colorize image with pen color, using +specified percent opacity.
+ commentImage +	const std::string &comment_	Comment image (add comment string to +image). By default, each image is commented with its file name. +Use this method to assign a specific comment to the +image. Optionally you can include the image filename, type, width, +height, or other image attributes by embedding special format characters.
+ compositeImage +	const Image +&compositeImage_, ssize_t xOffset_, ssize_t yOffset_, CompositeOperator +compose_ = InCompositeOp	Compose an image onto another at +specified offset and using specified algorithm
+ compositeImage +	const Image +&compositeImage_, const Geometry &offset_, CompositeOperator +compose_ = InCompositeOp
+ condenseImage +	void	Condense image (Re-run-length encode image in +memory).
+ contrastImage +	size_t sharpen_	Contrast image (enhance intensity differences +in image)
+ cropImage +	const Geometry +&geometry_	Crop image (subregion of original image)
+ cycleColormap- + Image +	int amount_	Cycle image colormap
+ despeckleImage +	void	Despeckle image (reduce speckle noise)
+ drawImage +	const Drawable +&drawable_	Draw shape or text on image.
+ drawImage +	const std::list<Drawable +> &drawable_	Draw shapes or text on image using a set of +Drawable objects contained in an STL list. Use of this method improves +drawing performance and allows batching draw objects together in a list +for repeated use.
+ edgeImage +	size_t radius_ = 0.0	Edge image (hilight edges in image). +The radius is the radius of the pixel neighborhood.. Specify a radius +of zero for automatic radius selection.
+ embossImage +	const double radius_ = 1, const double sigma_ += 0.5	Emboss image (hilight edges with 3D effect). +The radius_ parameter specifies the radius of the Gaussian, in pixels, +not counting the center pixel. The sigma_ parameter specifies the +standard deviation of the Laplacian, in pixels.
+ enhanceImage +	void	Enhance image (minimize noise)
+ equalizeImage +	void	Equalize image (histogram equalization)
+ flipImage +	void	Flip image (reflect each scanline in the +vertical direction)
+ floodFill- + ColorImage +	ssize_t x_, ssize_t y_, const Color &fillColor_	Flood-fill color across pixels +that match the color of the target pixel and are neighbors of the +target pixel. Uses current fuzz setting when determining color match.
	const Geometry +&point_, const Color &fillColor_
	ssize_t x_, ssize_t y_, const Color &fillColor_, const Color +&borderColor_	Flood-fill color across pixels +starting at target-pixel and stopping at pixels matching specified +border color. Uses current fuzz setting when determining color match.
	const Geometry +&point_, const Color &fillColor_, const Color &borderColor_
+ floodFill- + TextureImage +	ssize_t x_, ssize_t y_, const Image &texture_	Flood-fill texture across pixels +that match the color of the target pixel and are neighbors of the +target pixel. Uses current fuzz setting when determining color match.
	const Geometry +&point_, const Image &texture_
	ssize_t x_, ssize_t y_, const Image +&texture_, const Color &borderColor_	Flood-fill texture across pixels +starting at target-pixel and stopping at pixels matching specified +border color. Uses current fuzz setting when determining color match.
	const Geometry +&point_, const Image &texture_, const Color +&borderColor_
+ flopImage +	void	Flop image (reflect each scanline in the +horizontal direction)
+ frameImage +	const Geometry +&geometry_ = "25x25+6+6"	Add decorative frame around image
+ frameImage +	size_t width_, size_t height_, +ssize_t x_, ssize_t y_, ssize_t innerBevel_ = 0, ssize_t outerBevel_ = 0	Add decorative frame around image
+ gammaImage +	double gamma_	Gamma correct image (uniform red, green, and +blue correction).
+ gammaImage +	double gammaRed_, double gammaGreen_, double +gammaBlue_	Gamma correct red, green, and blue channels +of image.
+ gaussianBlurImage +	double width_, double sigma_	Gaussian blur image. The number of neighbor +pixels to be included in the convolution mask is specified by +'width_'. For example, a width of one gives a (standard) 3x3 +convolution mask. The standard deviation of the gaussian bell curve is +specified by 'sigma_'.
+ implodeImage +	double factor_	Implode image (special effect)
+ inverseFourierTransformImage +	const Image +&phaseImage_, const bool magnitude_	implements the inverse discrete Fourier transform (DFT) of the image either as a magnitude / phase or real / imaginary image pair.
+ labelImage +	const string &label_	Assign a label to an image. Use this option +to assign a specific label to the image. Optionally +you can include the image filename, type, width, height, or scene +number in the label by embedding special +format characters. If the first character of string is @, the image +label is read from a file titled by the remaining characters in the +string. When converting to Postscript, use this option to specify +a header string to print above the image.
levelImage +	const double black_point, +const double white_point, const double mid_point=1.0 +	Level image. Adjust the +levels of the image by scaling the colors falling between specified +white and black points to the full available quantum range. The +parameters provided represent the black, mid (gamma), and white +points. The black point specifies the darkest color in the image. +Colors darker than the black point are set to zero. Mid point (gamma) +specifies a gamma correction to apply to the image. White point +specifies the lightest color in the image. Colors brighter than +the white point are set to the maximum quantum value. The black and +white point have the valid range 0 to QuantumRange while mid (gamma) has a +useful range of 0 to ten.
levelChannelImage +	const Magick::ChannelType +channel, const double black_point, const double white_point, const +double mid_point=1.0 +	Level image channel. +Adjust the levels of the image channel by scaling the values falling +between specified white and black points to the full available quantum +range. The parameters provided represent the black, mid (gamma), and +white points. The black point specifies the darkest color in the image. +Colors darker than the black point are set to zero. Mid point (gamma) +specifies a gamma correction to apply to the image. White point +specifies the lightest color in the image. Colors brighter than the +white point are set to the maximum quantum value. The black and white +point have the valid range 0 to QuantumRange while mid (gamma) has a useful +range of 0 to ten.
+ layerImage +	ChannelType +layer_	Extract layer from image. Use this option to +extract a particular layer from the image. MatteLayer, +for example, is useful for extracting the opacity values from an +image.
+ magnifyImage +	void	Magnify image by integral size
+ mapImage +	const Image +&mapImage_ , bool dither_ = false	Remap image colors with closest color from +reference image. Set dither_ to true in to apply Floyd/Steinberg +error diffusion to the image. By default, color reduction chooses an +optimal set of colors that best represent the original +image. Alternatively, you can choose a +particular set of colors from an image file +with this option.
+ matteFloodfill- + Image +	const Color +&target_, unsigned int matte_, ssize_t x_, ssize_t y_, PaintMethod method_	Floodfill designated area with a matte value
medianFilterImage	const double radius_ = 0.0	Filter image by replacing each pixel +component with the median color in a circular neighborhood
+ minifyImage +	void	Reduce image by integral size
+ modulateImage +	double brightness_, double saturation_, +double hue_	Modulate percent hue, saturation, and +brightness of an image. Modulation of +saturation and brightness is as a ratio of the current value (1.0 for no +change). Modulation of hue is an absolute rotation of -180 degrees to ++180 degrees from the current position corresponding to an argument +range of 0 to 2.0 (1.0 for no change).
+ negateImage +	bool grayscale_ = false	Negate colors in image. Replace every +pixel with its complementary color (white becomes black, yellow becomes +blue, etc.). Set grayscale to only negate grayscale values in +image.
+ normalizeImage +	void	Normalize image (increase contrast by +normalizing the pixel values to span the full range of color values).
+ oilPaintImage +	size_t radius_ = 3	Oilpaint image (image looks like oil painting)
+ opacityImage +	size_t opacity_	Set or attenuate the opacity channel in the +image. If the image pixels are opaque then they are set to the specified +opacity value, otherwise they are blended with the supplied opacity +value. The value of opacity_ ranges from 0 (completely opaque) to QuantumRange. +The defines OpaqueOpacity and TransparentOpacity are +available to specify completely opaque or completely transparent, +respectively.
+ opaqueImage +	const Color +&opaqueColor_, const Color &penColor_	Change color of pixels matching opaqueColor_ +to specified penColor_.
+ quantizeImage +	bool measureError_ = false	Quantize image (reduce number of colors). Set +measureError_ to true in order to calculate error attributes.
+ raiseImage +	const Geometry +&geometry_ = "6x6+0+0", bool raisedFlag_ = false	Raise image (lighten or darken the edges of +an image to give a 3-D raised or lowered effect)
+ reduceNoise- + Image +	void	Reduce noise in image using a +noise peak elimination filter.
+ reduceNoise- + Image +	size_t order_
+ rollImage +	int columns_, ssize_t rows_	Roll image (rolls image vertically and +horizontally) by specified number of columnms and rows)
+ rotateImage +	double degrees_	Rotate image counter-clockwise by specified +number of degrees
+ sampleImage +	const Geometry +&geometry_	Resize image by using pixel sampling algorithm
+ scaleImage +	const Geometry +&geometry_	Resize image by using simple ratio algorithm
+ segmentImage +	double clusterThreshold_ = 1.0, + double smoothingThreshold_ = 1.5	Segment (coalesce similar image components) +by analyzing the histograms of the color components and identifying +units that are homogeneous with the fuzzy c-means technique. Also uses quantizeColorSpace +and verbose image attributes. Specify clusterThreshold_ , +as the number of pixels each cluster must exceed +the cluster threshold to be considered valid. SmoothingThreshold_ +eliminates noise in the second derivative of the histogram. As the +value is increased, you can expect a smoother +second derivative. The default is 1.5.
+ shadeImage +	double azimuth_ = 30, double elevation_ = 30, + bool colorShading_ = false	Shade image using distant light source. +Specify azimuth_ and elevation_ as the +position of the light source. By default, the shading +results as a grayscale image.. Set colorShading_ to true to +shade the red, green, and blue components of the image.
+ sharpenImage +	const double radius_ = 1, const double sigma_ += 0.5	Sharpen pixels in image. The radius_ +parameter specifies the radius of the Gaussian, in pixels, not counting +the center pixel. The sigma_ parameter specifies the standard +deviation of the Laplacian, in pixels.
+ shaveImage +	const Geometry +&geometry_	Shave pixels from image edges.
+ shearImage +	double xShearAngle_, double yShearAngle_	Shear image (create parallelogram by sliding +image by X or Y axis). Shearing slides one edge of an image along +the X or Y axis, creating a +parallelogram. An X direction shear slides an edge along the X +axis, while a Y direction shear slides an +edge along the Y axis. The amount of the shear is controlled by a +shear angle. For X direction shears, x degrees +is measured relative to the Y axis, and similarly, for Y direction +shears y degrees is measured relative to the X axis. Empty +triangles left over from shearing the image are filled +with the color defined as borderColor.
+ solarizeImage +	double factor_	Solarize image (similar to effect seen when +exposing a photographic film to light during the development process)
+ spreadImage +	size_t amount_ = 3	Spread pixels randomly within image by +specified amount
+ steganoImage +	const Image +&watermark_	Add a digital watermark to the image (based +on second image)
+ stereoImage +	const Image +&rightImage_	Create an image which appears in stereo when +viewed with red-blue glasses (Red image on left, blue on right)
+ swirlImage +	double degrees_	Swirl image (image pixels are rotated by +degrees)
+ textureImage +	const Image +&texture_	Layer a texture on image background
+ thresholdImage +	double threshold_	Threshold image
+ transformImage +	const Geometry +&imageGeometry_	Transform image based on image +and crop geometries. Crop geometry is optional.
+ transformImage +	const Geometry +&imageGeometry_, const Geometry +&cropGeometry_
+ transparentImage +	const Color +&color_	Add matte image to image, setting pixels +matching color to transparent.
+ trimImage +	void	Trim edges that are the background color from +the image.
+ waveImage +	double amplitude_ = 25.0, double wavelength_ += 150.0	Alter an image along a sine wave.
+ zoomImage +	const Geometry +&geometry_	Zoom image to specified size.

Function objects are available to set attributes on image frames +which are equivalent to methods in the Image object. These function +objects allow setting an option across a range of image frames using f+or_each().

The following code is an example of how the color 'red' may be set +to transparent in a GIF animation:

+list images; 
+readImages( &images, "animation.gif" ); 
+for_each ( images.begin(), images.end(), transparentImage( "red" )  ); 
+writeImages( images.begin(), images.end(), "animation.gif" );
+

The available function objects for setting image attributes are
+ +

Image Attributes
+ Attribute +	+ Type +	+ Constructor Signature(s) +	+ Description +
+ adjoinImage +	bool	bool flag_	Join images into a single multi-image file.
+ antiAliasImage +	bool	bool flag_	Control antialiasing of rendered Postscript +and Postscript or TrueType fonts. Enabled by default.
+ animation- + DelayImage +	size_t (0 to 65535)	size_t delay_	Time in 1/100ths of a second (0 to 65535) +which must expire before displaying the next image in an animated +sequence. This option is useful for regulating the animation of a +sequence of GIF images within Netscape.
+ animation- + IterationsImage +	size_t	size_t iterations_	Number of iterations to loop an animation +(e.g. Netscape loop extension) for.
+ background- + ColorImage +	Color	const Color +&color_	Image background color
+ background- + TextureImage +	std::string	const string &texture_	Image to use as background texture.
+ borderColor- + Image +	Color	const Color +&color_	Image border color
+ boxColorImage +	Color	const Color +&boxColor_	Base color that annotation text is rendered +on.
+ chroma- + BluePrimaryImage +	double x & y	double x_, double y_	Chromaticity blue primary point (e.g. x=0.15, +y=0.06)
+ chroma- + GreenPrimaryImage +	double x & y	double x_, double y_	Chromaticity green primary point (e.g. x=0.3, +y=0.6)
+ chroma- + RedPrimaryImage +	double x & y	double x_, double y_	Chromaticity red primary point (e.g. x=0.64, +y=0.33)
+ chroma- + WhitePointImage +	double x & y	double x_, double y_	Chromaticity white point (e.g. x=0.3127, +y=0.329)
+ colorFuzzImage +	double	double fuzz_	Colors within this distance are considered +equal. A number of algorithms search for a target color. By +default the color must be exact. Use this option to match colors that +are close to the target color in RGB space.
+ colorMapImage +	Color	size_t index_, const Color &color_	Color at color-pallet index.
colorSpaceImage	ColorspaceType	ColorspaceType +colorSpace_	The colorspace (e.g. CMYK) used to represent +the image pixel colors. Image pixels are always stored as RGB(A) except +for the case of CMY(K).
+ composeImage +	CompositeOperator	CompositeOperator +compose_	Composition operator to be used when +composition is implicitly used (such as for image flattening).
+ compressType- + Image +	CompressionType	CompressionType +compressType_	Image compresion type. The default is the +compression type of the specified image file.
+ densityImage +	Geometry +(default 72x72)	const Geometry +&density_	Vertical and horizontal resolution in pixels +of the image. This option specifies an image density when decoding a +Postscript or Portable Document page. Often used with psPageSize.
+ depthImage +	size_t (8 or 16)	size_t depth_	Image depth. Used to specify the bit depth +when reading or writing raw images or thwn the output format +supports multiple depths. Defaults to the quantum depth that +ImageMagick is compiled with.
+ endianImage +	EndianType	EndianType +endian_	Specify (or obtain) endian option for formats +which support it.
+ fileNameImage +	std::string	const std::string &fileName_	Image file name.
+ fillColorImage +	Color	const Color &fillColor_	Color to use when filling drawn objects
+ filterTypeImage +	FilterTypes	FilterTypes +filterType_	Filter to use when resizing image. The +reduction filter employed has a sigificant effect on the time required +to resize an image and the resulting quality. The default filter is Lanczos +which has been shown to produce good results when reducing images.
+ fontImage +	std::string	const std::string &font_	Text rendering font. If the font is a fully +qualified X server font name, the font is obtained from an X +server. To use a TrueType font, precede the TrueType filename with an @. +Otherwise, specify a Postscript font name (e.g. +"helvetica").
+ fontPointsize- + Image +	size_t	size_t pointSize_	Text rendering font point size
+ gifDispose- + MethodImage +	size_t + { 0 = Disposal not specified, + 1 = Do not dispose of graphic, + 3 = Overwrite graphic with background color, + 4 = Overwrite graphic with previous graphic. }	size_t disposeMethod_	layer disposal method. This option is used to +control how successive frames are rendered (how the preceding frame is +disposed of) when creating a GIF animation.
+ interlace- + TypeImage +	InterlaceType	InterlaceType +interlace_	The type of interlacing scheme (default NoInterlace +). This option is used to specify the type of interlacing +scheme for raw image formats such as RGB or YUV. NoInterlace +means do not interlace, LineInterlace uses scanline +interlacing, and PlaneInterlace uses plane interlacing. +PartitionInterlace is like PlaneInterlace except the +different planes are saved to individual files (e.g. +image.R, image.G, and image.B). Use LineInterlace or PlaneInterlace +to create an interlaced GIF or progressive JPEG image.
+ isValidImage +	bool	bool isValid_	Set image validity. Valid images become empty +(inValid) if argument is false.
+ labelImage +	std::string	const std::string &label_	Image label
+ lineWidthImage +	double	double lineWidth_	Line width for drawing lines, circles, +ellipses, etc. See Drawable .
+ magickImage +	std::string	const std::string &magick_	Get image format (e.g. "GIF")
+ matteImage +	bool	bool matteFlag_	True if the image has transparency. If set +True, store matte channel if the image has one otherwise create +an opaque one.
+ matteColorImage +	Color	const Color +&matteColor_	Image matte (frame) color
+ monochrome- + Image +	bool	bool flag_	Transform the image to black and white
+ pageImage +	Geometry	const Geometry &pageSize_	Preferred size and location of an image +canvas. + Use this option to specify the dimensions and +position of the Postscript page in dots per inch or a TEXT page in +pixels. This option is typically used in concert with density . + Page may also be used to position a GIF image +(such as for a scene in an animation) +
+ penColorImage +	Color	const Color +&penColor_	Pen color to use when annotating on or +drawing on image.
+ penTextureImage +	Image	const Image & penTexture_	Texture image to paint with (similar to +penColor).
+ pixelColorImage +	Color	size_t x_, size_t y_, const Color &color_	Get/set pixel color at location x & y.
+ psPageSizeImage +	Geometry	const Geometry &pageSize_	Postscript page size. Use this option +to specify the dimensions of the Postscript page in dots per inch +or a TEXT page in pixels. This option is typically used in concert with density.
+ qualityImage +	size_t (0 to 100)	size_t quality_	JPEG/MIFF/PNG compression level (default 75).
+ quantize- + ColorsImage +	size_t	size_t colors_	Preferred number of colors in the image. The +actual number of colors in the image may be less than your request, but +never more. Images with less unique colors than specified with this +option will have any duplicate or unused colors removed.
+ quantize- + ColorSpaceImage +	ColorspaceType	ColorspaceType +colorSpace_	Colorspace to quantize colors in (default +RGB). Empirical evidence suggests that distances in color spaces such +as YUV or YIQ correspond to perceptual color differences more closely +than do distances in RGB space. These color spaces may give better +results when color reducing an image.
+ quantize- + DitherImage +	bool	bool flag_	Apply Floyd/Steinberg error diffusion to the +image. The basic strategy of dithering is to trade intensity +resolution for spatial resolution by +averaging the intensities of several +neighboring pixels. Images which suffer from +severe contouring when reducing colors can be improved +with this option. The quantizeColors or monochrome option must be set +for this option to take effect.
+ quantize- + TreeDepthImage +	size_t (0 to 8)	size_t treeDepth_	Depth of the quantization color +classification tree. Values of 0 or 1 allow selection of the optimal +tree depth for the color reduction algorithm. Values between 2 and 8 may +be used to manually adjust the tree depth.
+ rendering- + IntentImage +	RenderingIntent	RenderingIntent +render_	The type of rendering intent
+ resolution- + UnitsImage +	ResolutionType	ResolutionType +units_	Units of image resolution
+ sceneImage +	size_t	size_t scene_	Image scene number
+ sizeImage +	Geometry	const Geometry +&geometry_	Width and height of a raw image (an image +which does not support width and height information). Size may +also be used to affect the image size read from a multi-resolution +format (e.g. Photo CD, JBIG, or JPEG.
+ stripImage +	void	strips an image of all profiles and comments.
+ strokeColorImage +	Color	const Color +&strokeColor_	Color to use when drawing object outlines
+ subImageImage +	size_t	size_t subImage_	Subimage of an image sequence
+ subRangeImage +	size_t	size_t subRange_	Number of images relative to the base image
+ tileNameImage +	std::string	const std::string &tileName_	Tile name
+ typeImage +	ImageType	ImageType +type_	Image storage type.
+ verboseImage +	bool	bool verboseFlag_	Print detailed information about the image
+ viewImage +	std::string	const std::string &view_	FlashPix viewing parameters.
+ x11DisplayImage +	std::string (e.g. "hostname:0.0")	const std::string &display_	X11 display to display to, obtain fonts from, +or to capture image from

+
+

+ +

Query Image Format Support

+ +

Magick++ provides the coderInfoList() +function to support obtaining information about the image formats +supported by ImageMagick. Support for image formats in ImageMagick +is provided by modules known as "coders". A user-provided container is +updated based on a boolean truth-table match. The truth-table supports +matching based on whether ImageMagick can read the format, write the +format, or supports multiple frames for the format. A wildcard specifier +is supported for any "don't care" field. The data obtained via +coderInfoList() may be useful for preparing GUI dialog boxes or for +deciding which output format to write based on support within the +ImageMagick build.

The definition of coderInfoList is:

+class CoderInfo 
+  { 
+  public:
+
+    enum MatchType { 
+      AnyMatch,  // match any coder 
+      TrueMatch, // match coder if true 
+      FalseMatch // match coder if false 
+    };
+
+    [ remaining CoderInfo methods ]
+
+   }
+
+  template <class Container > 
+  void coderInfoList( Container *container_, 
+                      CoderInfo::MatchType isReadable_   = CoderInfo::AnyMatch, 
+                      CoderInfo::MatchType isWritable_   = CoderInfo::AnyMatch, 
+                      CoderInfo::MatchType isMultiFrame_ = CoderInfo::AnyMatch 
+                      );
+

The following example shows how to retrieve a list of all of the +coders which support reading images and print the coder attributes (all +listed formats will be readable):

+  list<CoderInfo> coderList; 
+  coderInfoList( &coderList,           // Reference to output list 
+                 CoderInfo::TrueMatch, // Match readable formats 
+                 CoderInfo::AnyMatch,  // Don't care about writable formats 
+                 CoderInfo::AnyMatch); // Don't care about multi-frame support 
+  list<CoderInfo>::iterator entry = coderList.begin(); 
+  while( entry != coderList.end() ) 
+  { 
+    cout << entry->name() << ": (" << entry->description() << ") : "; 
+    cout << "Readable = "; 
+    if ( entry->isReadable() ) 
+      cout << "true"; 
+    else 
+      cout << "false"; 
+    cout << ", "; 
+    cout << "Writable = "; 
+    if ( entry->isWritable() ) 
+      cout << "true"; 
+    else 
+      cout << "false"; 
+    cout << ", "; 
+    cout << "Multiframe = "; 
+    if ( entry->isMultiframe() ) 
+      cout << "true"; 
+    else 
+      cout << "false"; 
+    cout << endl;
+    entry ++;
+   } 
+

+ }

Obtaining A Color Histogram

Magick++ provides the colorHistogram template function to +retrieve a color histogram from an image. A color histogram provides a +count of how many times each color occurs in the image. The histogram is +written into a user-provided container, which (for example) could be a <vector> or a <map>. When a +<map> is used, the Color +is used as the key so that quick lookups of usage counts for colors may +be performed. Writing into a <map> +may be slower than writing into a <vector> +since the <map> sorts the +entries (by color intensity) and checks for uniqueness. Each histogram +entry is contained in type std::pair<Magick::Color,unsigned +long> with the first +member of the pair being a Color, +and the second member of the pair being an 'unsigned long'. Use the <pair> "first" member to access the Color +and the "second" member to +access the number of times the color occurs in the image.

The template function declaration is as follows:
+

+template <class Container >
+void colorHistogram( Container *histogram_, const Image image)
+

The following examples illustrate using both a <map> and a +<vector> to retrieve the color histogram, and print out a +formatted summary.
+
+Using <map>:
+
+

+  Image image("image.miff");
+  map<Color,unsigned long> histogram;
+  colorHistogram( &histogram, image );
+  std::map<Color,unsigned long>::const_iterator p=histogram.begin();
+  while (p != histogram.end())
+    {
+      cout << setw(10) << (int)p->second << ": ("
+           << setw(quantum_width) << (int)p->first.redQuantum() << ","
+           << setw(quantum_width) << (int)p->first.greenQuantum() << ","
+           << setw(quantum_width) << (int)p->first.blueQuantum() << ")"
+           << endl;
+       p++;
+    }
+

+
+Using <vector>:
+
+

+  Image image("image.miff");
+  std::vector<std::pair<Color,unsigned long> > histogram;
+  colorHistogram( &histogram, image );
+  std::vector<std::pair<Color,unsigned long> >::const_iterator p=histogram.begin();
+  while (p != histogram.end())
+    {
+      cout << setw(10) << (int)p->second << ": ("
+           << setw(quantum_width) << (int)p->first.redQuantum() << ","
+           << setw(quantum_width) << (int)p->first.greenQuantum() << ","
+           << setw(quantum_width) << (int)p->first.blueQuantum() << ")"
+           << endl;
+      p++;
+    }
+

diff --git a/www/Magick++/TypeMetric.html b/www/Magick++/TypeMetric.html index 924dede06..7a3e3c81c 100644 --- a/www/Magick++/TypeMetric.html +++ b/www/Magick++/TypeMetric.html @@ -1,10 +1,91 @@ - - + + + - - + +Magick++ API: Type Metrics + +

Magick::TypeMetric

The TypeMetric class provides the means to pass data from the Image class's TypeMetric method to the user. It provides information regarding font metrics such as ascent, descent, text width, text height, and maximum horizontal advance. The units of these font metrics are in pixels, and that the metrics are dependent on the current Image font (default Ghostscript's "Helvetica"), pointsize (default 12 points), and x/y resolution (default 72 DPI) settings.

The pixel units may be converted to points (the standard resolution-independent measure used by the typesetting industry) via the following equation:

+size_points = (size_pixels * 72)/resolution
+

where resolution is in dots-per-inch (DPI). This means that at the default image resolution, there is one pixel per point.

Note that a font's pointsize is only a first-order approximation of the font height (ascender + descender) in points. The relationship between the specified pointsize and the rendered font height is determined by the font designer.

See FreeType Glyph Conventions for a detailed description of font metrics related issues.

The methods available in the TypeMetric class are shown in the following table:

TypeMetric Methods

+ Method	+ Returns	+ Units	+ Signature	+ Description
+ ascent	+ double	+ Pixels	+ void	+ Returns the distance in pixels from the text baseline to the highest/upper grid coordinate used to place an outline point. Always a positive value.
+ descent	+ double	+ Pixels	+ void	+ Returns the the distance in pixels from the baseline to the lowest grid coordinate used to place an outline point. Always a negative value.
+ textWidth	+ double	+ Pixels	+ void	+ Returns text width in pixels.
+ textHeight	+ double	+ Pixels	+ void	+ Returns text height in pixels.
+ maxHorizontalAdvance	+ double	+ Pixels	+ void	+ Returns the maximum horizontal advance (advance from the beginning of a character to the beginning of the next character) in pixels.

diff --git a/www/advanced-unix-installation.html b/www/advanced-unix-installation.html index c3abfc36c..b03eda39d 100644 --- a/www/advanced-unix-installation.html +++ b/www/advanced-unix-installation.html @@ -1,51 +1,46 @@ - - + + - - + + ImageMagick: Advanced Unix Source Installation - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + - + - + - + - +

@@ -82,18 +69,12 @@ google_ad_height = 90; //--> - +

@@ -145,7 +126,7 @@ Magick++

@@ -171,7 +152,7 @@ -

Links

@@ -181,50 +162,21 @@

- +

- + +

ImageMagick Advanced Unix Installation

- +

It's possible you don't want to concern yourself with advanced installation under Unix or Linux systems. If so, you also have the option of installing a pre-compiled binary release or if you still want to install from source without all the fuss see the simple Install From Source instructions. However, if you want to customize the configuration and installation of ImageMagick under Unix or Linux systems, lets begin.

@@ -237,7 +189,7 @@

Unpack the distribution it with this command:

$ tar xvfz ImageMagick.tar.gz

Now that you have the ImageMagick Unix/Linux source distribution unpacked, let's configure it.

@@ -247,7 +199,7 @@

The configure script looks at your environment and decides what it can cobble together to get ImageMagick compiled and installed on your system. This includes finding a compiler, where your compiler header files are located (e.g. stdlib.h), and if any delegate libraries are available for ImageMagick to use (e.g. JPEG, PNG, TIFF, etc.). If you are willing to accept configure's default options, and build from within the source directory, you can simply type:

$ cd ImageMagick-7.0.0-0 $ ./configure

$ cd ImageMagick-6.8.6-0 $ ./configure

Watch the configure script output to verify that it finds everything that you think it should. Pay particular attention to the last lines of the script output. For example, here is a recent report from our system:

@@ -346,7 +298,7 @@ Options used to compile and link:

Here is an example of setting configure variables from the command line:

$ ./configure CC=c99 CFLAGS=-O2 LDFLAGS='-L/usr/local/lib -R/usr/local/lib' LIBS=-lposix

Any variable (e.g. CPPFLAGS or LDFLAGS) which requires a directory path must specify an absolute path rather than a relative path.

Configure can usually find the X include and library files automagically, but if it doesn't, you can use the --x-includes=path and --x-libraries=path options to specify their locations.

@@ -360,17 +312,17 @@ Options used to compile and link:

--enable-shared: build the shared libraries and support for loading coder and process modules. Shared libraries are preferred because they allow programs to share common code, making the individual programs much smaller. In addition shared libraries are required in order for PerlMagick to be dynamically loaded by an installed PERL (otherwise an additional PERL (PerlMagick) must be installed. -

+

ImageMagick built with delegates (see MAGICK PLUG-INS below) can pose additional challenges. If ImageMagick is built using static libraries (the default without --enable-shared) then delegate libraries may be built as either static libraries or shared libraries. However, if ImageMagick is built using shared libraries, then all delegate libraries must also be built as shared libraries. Static libraries usually have the extension .a, while shared libraries typically have extensions like .so, .sa, or .dll. Code in shared libraries normally must compiled using a special compiler option to produce Position Independent Code (PIC). The only time this not necessary is if the platform compiles code as PIC by default. -

+

PIC compilation flags differ from vendor to vendor (gcc's is -fPIC). However, you must compile all shared library source with the same flag (for gcc use -fPIC rather than -fpic). While static libraries are normally created using an archive tool like ar, shared libraries are built using special linker or compiler options (e.g. -shared for gcc). -

+

If --enable-shared is not specified, a new PERL interpreter (PerlMagick) is built which is statically linked against the PerlMagick extension. This new interpreter is installed into the same directory as the ImageMagick utilities. If --enable-shared is specified, the PerlMagick extension is built as a dynamically loadable object which is loaded into your current PERL interpreter at run-time. Use of dynamically-loaded extensions is preferable over statically linked extensions so use --enable-shared if possible (note that all libraries used with ImageMagick must be shared libraries!).
--disable-static: static archive libraries (with extension .a) are not built. If you are building shared libraries, there is little value to building static libraries. Reasons to build static libraries include: 1) they can be easier to debug; 2) clients do not have external dependencies (i.e. libMagick.so); 3) building PIC versions of the delegate libraries may take additional expertise and effort; 4) you are unable to build shared libraries.
--disable-installed: disable building an installed ImageMagick (default enabled). -

+

By default the ImageMagick build is configured to formally install into a directory tree. This the most secure and reliable way to install ImageMagick. Use this option to configure ImageMagick so that it doesn't use hard-coded paths and locates support files by computing an offset path from the executable (or from the location specified by the MAGICK_HOME environment variable. The uninstalled configuration is ideal for binary distributions which are expected to extract and run in any location.
--enable-ccmalloc: enable 'ccmalloc' memory debug support (default disabled).; enable 'gcov' profiling support (default disabled).
--disable-openmp: disable OpenMP (default enabled). -

+

Certain ImageMagick algorithms, for example convolution, can achieve a significant speed-up with the assistance of the OpenMP API when running on modern dual and quad-core processors.
--disable-largefile: disable support for large (64 bit) file offsets. -

+

By default, ImageMagick is compiled with support for large files (> 2GB on a 32-bit CPU) if the operating system supports large files. Some applications which use the ImageMagick library may also require support for large files. By disabling support for large files via --disable-largefile, dependent applications do not require special compilation options for large files in order to use the library.

@@ -395,22 +347,22 @@ Options used to compile and link:

--with-quantum-depth

number of bits in a pixel quantum (default 16). -

+

Use this option to specify the number of bits to use per pixel quantum (the size of the red, green, blue, and alpha pixel components). For example, --with-quantum-depth=8 builds ImageMagick using 8-bit quantums. Most computer display adapters use 8-bit quantums. Currently supported arguments are 8, 16, or 32. We recommend the default of 16 because some image formats support 16 bits-per-pixel. However, this option is important in determining the overall run-time performance of ImageMagick. -

+

The number of bits in a quantum determines how many values it may contain. Each quantum level supports 256 times as many values as the previous level. The following table shows the range available for various quantum sizes. -

+

   Quantum Depth     Valid Range (Decimal)   Valid Range (Hex)
       8             0-255                   00-FF
      16             0-65535                 0000-FFFF
      32             0-4294967295            00000000-FFFFFFFF

-

+

Larger pixel quantums can cause ImageMagick to run more slowly and to require more memory. For example, using sixteen-bit pixel quantums can cause ImageMagick to run 15% to 50% slower (and take twice as much memory) than when it is built to support eight-bit pixel quantums. -

+

The amount of virtual memory consumed by an image can be computed by the equation (5 * Quantum Depth * Rows * Columns) / 8. This an important consideration when resources are limited, particularly since processing an image may require several images to be in memory at one time. The following table shows memory consumption values for a 1024x768 image: -

+

   Quantum Depth   Virtual Memory
        8               3MB
@@ -423,33 +375,33 @@ Options used to compile and link:
   build a universal binary on OS X.
   --without-modules
   disable support for dynamically loadable modules.
-  


+  




   Image coders and process modules are built as loadable modules which are installed under the directory [prefix]/lib/ImageMagick-X.X.X/modules-QN (where 'N' equals 8, 16, or 32 depending on the quantum depth) in the subdirectories coders and filters respectively. The modules build option is only available in conjunction with --enable-shared. If --enable-shared is not also specified, support for building modules is disabled.  Note that if --enable-shared and --disable-modules are specified, the module loader is active (allowing extending an installed ImageMagick by simply copying a module into place) but ImageMagick itself is not built using modules.
 --with-cache
   set pixel cache threshold (defaults to available memory).
-  


+  




   Specify a different image pixel cache threshold with this option. This sets the maximum amount of heap memory that ImageMagick is allowed to consume before switching to using memory-mapped temporary files to store raw pixel data.
 --without-threads
   disable threads support.
-  


+  




   By default, the ImageMagick library is compiled with multi-thread support.  If this undesirable, specify --without-threads.
 --with-frozenpaths
   enable frozen delegate paths.
-  


+  




   Normally, external program names are substituted into the delegates.xml configuration file without full paths. Specify this option to enable saving full paths to programs using locations determined by configure. This useful for environments where programs are stored under multiple paths, and users may use different PATH settings than the person who builds ImageMagick.
 --without-magick-plus-plus
   disable build/install of Magick++.
-  


+  




   Disable building Magick++, the C++ application programming interface to ImageMagick. A suitable C++ compiler is required in order to build Magick++. Specify the CXX configure variable to select the C++ compiler to use (default g++), and CXXFLAGS to select the desired compiler optimization and debug flags (default -g -O2). Antique C++ compilers will normally be rejected by configure tests so specifying this option should only be necessary if Magick++ fails to compile.
 --without-perl
   disable build/install of PerlMagick, or
-  


+  




   By default, PerlMagick is conveniently compiled and installed as part of ImageMagick's normal configure, make, sudo make install process. When --without-perl is specified, you must first install ImageMagick, change to the PerlMagick subdirectory, build, and finally install PerlMagick. Note, PerlMagick is configured even if --without-perl is specified. If the argument --with-perl=/path/to/perl is supplied, /../path/to/perl is be taken as the PERL interpreter to use. This important in case the perl executable in your PATH is not PERL5, or is not the PERL you want to use.
 --with-perl=PERL
   use specified Perl binary to configure PerlMagick.
 --with-perl-options=OPTIONS
   options to pass on command-line when generating PerlMagick's Makefile from Makefile.PL.
-  


+  




   The PerlMagick module is normally installed using the Perl interpreter's installation PREFIX, rather than ImageMagick's. If ImageMagick's installation prefix is not the same as PERL's PREFIX, then you may find that PerlMagick's sudo make install step tries to install into a directory tree that you don't have write permissions to. This common when PERL is delivered with the operating system or on Internet Service Provider (ISP) web servers. If you want PerlMagick to install elsewhere, then provide a PREFIX option to PERL's configuration step via "--with-perl-options=PREFIX=/some/place". Other options accepted by MakeMaker are 'LIB', 'LIBPERL_A', 'LINKTYPE', and 'OPTIMIZE'. See the ExtUtils::MakeMaker(3) manual page for more information on configuring PERL extensions.
 --without-bzlib
   disable BZLIB support.
@@ -481,11 +433,11 @@ Options used to compile and link:
   prepend to default font search path.
 --with-gs-font-dir
   directory containing Ghostscript fonts.
-  


+  




   Specify the directory containing the Ghostscript Postscript Type 1 font files (e.g. n022003l.pfb) so that they can be rendered using the FreeType library. If the font files are installed using the default Ghostscript installation paths (${prefix}/share/ghostwww/fonts), they should be discovered automagically by configure and specifying this option is not necessary. Specify this option if the Ghostscript fonts fail to be located automagically, or the location needs to be overridden.
 --with-windows-font-dir
   directory containing MS-Windows fonts.
-  


+  




   Specify the directory containing MS-Windows-compatible fonts. This not necessary when ImageMagick is running under MS-Windows.
 --without-xml
   disable XML support.
@@ -493,7 +445,7 @@ Options used to compile and link:
   disable ZLIB support.
 --without-x
   don't use the X Window System.
-  


+  




   By default, ImageMagick uses the X11 delegate libraries if they are available. When --without-x is specified, use of X11 is disabled.  The display, animate, and import sub-commands are not included. The remaining sub-commands have reduced functionality such as no access to X11 fonts (consider using Postscript or TrueType fonts instead).
 --with-share-path=DIR
   Alternate path to share directory (default share/ImageMagick).
@@ -533,7 +485,7 @@ Options used to compile and link:
 
 In most cases you will simply wand to compile ImageMagick with this command:
 
- $ make
+ $ make
 Once built, you can optionally install ImageMagick on your system as discussed below.

@@ -542,25 +494,25 @@ Options used to compile and link:

Now that ImageMagick is configured and built, type:

$ make install

to install it.

By default, ImageMagick is installs binaries in /../usr/local/bin, libraries in /../usr/local/lib, header files in /../usr/local/include and documentation in /../usr/local/share. You can specify an alternative installation prefix other than /../usr/local by giving configure the option --prefix=PATH. This valuable in case you don't have privileges to install under the default paths or if you want to install in the system directories instead.

To confirm your installation of the ImageMagick distribution was successful, ensure that the installation directory is in your executable search path and type:

$ display

The ImageMagick logo is displayed on your X11 display.

To verify the ImageMagick build configuration, type:

$ identify -list configure

To list which image formats are supported , type:

$ identify -list format

For a more comprehensive test, you run the ImageMagick test suite by typing:

$ make check

Ghostscript is a prerequisite, otherwise the EPS, PS, and PDF tests will fail. Note that due to differences between the developer's environment and your own it is possible that a few tests may fail even though the results are ok. Differences between the developer's environment environment and your own may include the compiler, the CPU type, and the library versions used. The ImageMagick developers use the current release of all dependent libraries.

@@ -572,10 +524,10 @@ Options used to compile and link:

Build ImageMagick with this command:

$ rpmbuild --rebuild ImageMagick.src.rpm

After the build you, locate the RPMS folder and install the ImageMagick binary RPM distribution:

$ rpm -ivh ImageMagick-7.0.0-?.*.rpm

$ rpm -ivh ImageMagick-6.8.6-?.*.rpm

Mac OS X-specific Build instructions

@@ -586,31 +538,31 @@ Options used to compile and link:

Install MacPorts. Download and install MacPorts and type the following commands:

$ sudo port -v install freetype +bytecode $ sudo port -v install librsvg $ sudo port -v install graphviz +gs +wmf +jbig +jpeg2 +lcms

This installs many of the delegate libraries ImageMagick will utilize such as JPEG and FreeType.

Install the latest Xcode from Apple.

Use the port command to install any delegate libraries you require, for example:

$ sudo port install jpeg

Now lets build ImageMagick:

Download the ImageMagick source distribution and verify the distribution against its message digest.

Unpack and change into the top-level ImageMagick directory:

$ tar xvfz ImageMagick-7.0.0-0.tar.gz $ cd ImageMagick-7.0.0-0

Configure ImageMagick:

$ ./configure --prefix=/opt --with-quantum-depth=16 \
- --disable-dependency-tracking --with-x=yes \
- --x-includes=/usr/X11R6/include --x-libraries=/usr/X11R6/lib/ \
+

$ tar xvfz ImageMagick-6.8.6-0.tar.gz $ cd ImageMagick-6.8.6-0

Configure ImageMagick:

$ ./configure --prefix=/opt --with-quantum-depth=16 \

+ --disable-dependency-tracking --with-x=yes \

+ --x-includes=/usr/X11R6/include --x-libraries=/usr/X11R6/lib/ \

--without-perl

Build ImageMagick:

$ make

Install ImageMagick:

$ sudo make install

To verify your install, type

$ make

Install ImageMagick:

$ sudo make install

To verify your install, type

$ /opt/local/bin/identify -list font

to list all the fonts ImageMagick knows about.

To test the ImageMagick GUI, in a new shell, type:

$ display -display :0

@@ -619,7 +571,7 @@ Options used to compile and link:

Although you can download and install delegate libraries yourself, many are already available in the GnuWin32 distribution. Download and install whichever delegate libraries you require such as JPEG, PNG, TIFF, etc. Make sure you specify the development headers when you install a package. Next type,

$ tar jxvf ImageMagick-7.0.0-?.tar.bz2 $ cd ImageMagick-7.0.0-0 $ export CPPFLAGS="-Ic:/Progra~1/GnuWin32/include" $ export LDFLAGS="-Lc:/Progra~1/GnuWin32/lib" $ ./configure --without-perl $ make $ sudo make install

$ tar jxvf ImageMagick-6.8.6-?.tar.bz2 $ cd ImageMagick-6.8.6-0 $ export CPPFLAGS="-Ic:/Progra~1/GnuWin32/include" $ export LDFLAGS="-Lc:/Progra~1/GnuWin32/lib" $ ./configure --without-perl $ make $ sudo make install

ImageMagick Advanced Windows Installation

- +

It's possible you don't want to concern yourself with advanced installation under Windows. If so, you also have the option of installing a self-installing binary release or if you still want to install from source without all the fuss see the simple Install From Source instructions. However, if you want to customize the configuration and installation of ImageMagick under Windows, lets begin.

@@ -239,7 +191,7 @@

You can unpack the distribution with WinZip or type the following from any Command Prompt window:

$ unzip ImageMagick-windows.zip

Now that you have the ImageMagick Windows source distribution unpacked, let's configure it.

@@ -296,8 +248,8 @@

Right click on the All project and select Set As Active Project
Select "Build=>Clean Solution"
Select "Build=>Build Solution"
Select "Build=>Clean Solution"
Select "Build=>Build Solution"

The clean step is necessary in order to make sure that all of the target support libraries are updated with any patches needed to get them to compile properly under Visual Studio.

@@ -327,7 +279,7 @@

With this feature enabled, you should be able to nab a copy of

- VisualMagick\utilities\UTIL_convert_xxx_exe.dsp (for C) or
+ VisualMagick\utilities\UTIL_convert_xxx_exe.dsp (for C) or

VisualMagick\Magick++\demo\UTIL_demo_xxx_exe.dsp (for C++)

@@ -340,24 +292,24 @@

For straight C API command line applications use something from:

- ImageMagick\tests or
- ImageMagick\utilities (source code) or
- ImageMagick\VisualMagick\tests or
+ ImageMagick\tests or

+ ImageMagick\utilities (source code) or

+ ImageMagick\VisualMagick\tests or

ImageMagick\Visualmagick\utilities (project - DSP)

For C++ and Magick++ command line applications use something from:

- ImageMagick\Magick++\tests or ImageMagick\Magick++\demo (source code) or
- ImageMagick\VisualMagick\Magick++\tests or
+ ImageMagick\Magick++\tests or ImageMagick\Magick++\demo (source code) or

+ ImageMagick\VisualMagick\Magick++\tests or

ImageMagick\VisualMagick\Magick++\demo (project - DSP)

For C++ and Magick++ and MFC windows applications use:

- ImageMagick\contrib\win32\MFC\NtMagick (source code) or
+ ImageMagick\contrib\win32\MFC\NtMagick (source code) or

ImageMagick\VisualMagick\contrib\win32\MFC\NtMagick (project - DSP)

@@ -422,7 +374,7 @@

To view any image in a Microsoft window, type

$ convert image.ext win:

Make sure Ghostscript is installed, otherwise, you will be unable to convert or view a Postscript document, and Postscript standard fonts will not be available.

You may use any standard web browser (e.g. Internet Explorer) to browse the ImageMagick documentation.

@@ -477,7 +429,7 @@

Launch the Command Prompt application and move to the contrib\win32\ATL7\ImageMagickObject folder.
Build ImageMagickObject with these commands: -
$ BuildImageMagickObject clean $ BuildImageMagickObject release

$ BuildImageMagickObject clean $ BuildImageMagickObject release

Build PerlMagick

@@ -485,21 +437,21 @@

Launch the Command Prompt application and move to the PerlMagick folder.
Build PerlMagick with these commands: -
$ perl Makefile.nt $ nmake release

$ perl Makefile.nt $ nmake release

Create the Self-installing ImageMagick Binary Distribution

Double-click on VisualMagick/installer/im-dll-16.iss to launch the Inno Setup 5 wizard.
Select File->Compile.
Select File->Compile.

Install the Binary Distribution

Double-click on - VisualMagick/bin/ImageMagick-7.0.0-0-Q16-windows-dll.exe + VisualMagick/bin/ImageMagick-6.8.6-0-Q16-windows-dll.exe to launch the ImageMagick binary distribution.
Complete the installer screens to install ImageMagick on your system.

@@ -508,14 +460,14 @@

Launch the Command Prompt application and move to the PerlMagick folder and type -
$ nmake test

$ nmake test

Move to the VisualMagick/tests folder and type -
$ validate

$ validate

Move to the VisualMagick/Magick++/tests folder and type -
$ run_tests.bat

$ run_tests.bat

Move to the VisualMagick/Magick++/demo folder and type -
$ run_demos.bat

$ run_demos.bat

If all the tests pass without complaint, the ImageMagick self-install binary distribution is ready for use.

@@ -534,7 +486,7 @@

Building Your Custom Project

The Windows binary distribution includes a number of demo projects that you can use as a template for your own custom project. For example, start with the Button project, generally located in the c:/Program Files/ImageMagick-6.5.5-0/Magick++_demos folder. If not, be sure to select Configuration Properties->C/C++->Preprocessor and set these definitions:

   NDEBUG
@@ -554,8 +506,8 @@
      
 
     
-      Discourse Server •
-      Studio •
+      Discourse Server â¢
+      Studio â¢
       JqMagick
     
      
diff --git a/www/animate.html b/www/animate.html
index 656e89d82..430852815 100644
--- a/www/animate.html
+++ b/www/animate.html
@@ -1,52 +1,46 @@
-
-
-
+
+
 
-  
-  
+  
+  
   ImageMagick: Command-line Tools: Animate
-  
-  
-  
-  
-  
-  
-  
-  
-  
-  
-  
-  
-  
-  
-  
-  
-  
-  
-  
-  
+  
+  
+  
+  
+  
+  
+  
+  
+  
+  
+  
+  
+  
+  
+  
+  
+  
+  
+  
+  
 
   
-  
+  
   
   
   
   
   
-  
+  
   
   
   
-  
+  
   
   
   
-  
+  
   
   
   
 
 
 
@@ -83,18 +69,12 @@
     google_ad_height = 90;
   //-->
   
-  
+  
 
 
-  
+  
 
-  
+  
 
 
 
@@ -146,7 +126,7 @@
     Magick++
 
 
-
+
    Install from Source
 
 
@@ -172,7 +152,7 @@
 
   Site Map
 
-
+
   Links
 
 
@@ -182,49 +162,20 @@
 
 
 
-  
+  
    
   
-    
-    
+    
+    
 
 
 
 
 ImageMagick Animate Command-line Tool
-[Example Usage • Option Summary]
+[Example Usage â¢ Option Summary]
 
 
 Use the animate program to animate an image sequence on any X server.   See Command Line Processing for advice on how to structure your animate command or see below for example usages of the command.
@@ -235,10 +186,10 @@
 
 We list a few examples of the animate command here to illustrate its usefulness and ease of use.  To get started, lets animate an image sequence in the GIF format:
 
- $ animate movie.gif
+ $ animate movie.gif
 To animate a directory of JPEG images, use:
 
- $ animate *.jpg
+ $ animate *.jpg
 You can find additional examples of using animate in Examples of ImageMagick Usage.
 
 
@@ -686,8 +637,8 @@ transparent, extract, background, or shape the alpha channel
      
 
     
-      Discourse Server •
-      Studio •
+      Discourse Server â¢
+      Studio â¢
       JqMagick
     
      
diff --git a/www/api.html b/www/api.html
index e2ebcf5c7..0307c6e9c 100644
--- a/www/api.html
+++ b/www/api.html
@@ -1,51 +1,46 @@
-
-
+
+
 
-  
-  
+  
+  
   ImageMagick: Application Program Interfaces
-  
-  
-  
-  
-  
-  
-  
-  
-  
-  
-  
-  
-  
-  
-  
-  
-  
-  
-  
-  
+  
+  
+  
+  
+  
+  
+  
+  
+  
+  
+  
+  
+  
+  
+  
+  
+  
+  
+  
+  
 
   
-  
+  
   
   
   
   
   
-  
+  
   
   
   
-  
+  
   
   
   
-  
+  
   
   
   
 
 
 
@@ -82,18 +69,12 @@
     google_ad_height = 90;
   //-->
   
-  
+  
 
 
-  
+  
 
-  
+  
 
 
 
@@ -145,7 +126,7 @@
     Magick++
 
 
-
+
    Install from Source
 
 
@@ -171,7 +152,7 @@
 
   Site Map
 
-
+
   Links
 
 
@@ -181,50 +162,21 @@
 
 
 
-  
+  
    
   
-    
-    
+    
+    
 
 
 
 
 Convert, Edit, or Compose Images With Your Favorite Programming Language
 
-[Ada • C • Ch • COM+ • C++ • Go • Java • LabVIEW • Lisp • Lua • Neko • .NET • Pascal • Perl  • PHP • Python • Realbasic • Ruby • Rust • Tcl/TK • XML RPC]
+[Ada â¢ C â¢ Ch â¢ COM+ â¢ C++ â¢ Go â¢ Java â¢ LabVIEW â¢ Lisp â¢ Lua â¢ Neko â¢ .NET â¢ Pascal â¢ Perl  â¢ PHP â¢ Python â¢ Realbasic â¢ Ruby â¢ Rust â¢ Tcl/TK â¢ XML RPC]
 
 
 
@@ -339,8 +291,8 @@
      
 
     
-      Discourse Server •
-      Studio •
+      Discourse Server â¢
+      Studio â¢
       JqMagick
     
      
diff --git a/www/api/animate.html b/www/api/animate.html
index 9f84b3e68..4022d5fee 100644
--- a/www/api/animate.html
+++ b/www/api/animate.html
@@ -27,7 +27,7 @@
   
   
   
-  
+  
   
 
   
@@ -66,7 +66,7 @@
   (function(i,s,o,g,r,a,m){i['GoogleAnalyticsObject']=r;i[r]=i[r]||function(){
   (i[r].q=i[r].q||[]).push(arguments)},i[r].l=1*new Date();a=s.createElement(o),
   m=s.getElementsByTagName(o)[0];a.async=1;a.src=g;m.parentNode.insertBefore(a,m)
-  })(window,document,'offline-script','//127.0.0.1/analytics.js','ga');
+  })(window,document,'offline-script','//www.google-analytics.com/analytics.js','ga');
 
   ga('create', 'UA-40133312-1', 'imagemagick.org');
   ga('send', 'pageview');
@@ -83,10 +83,10 @@
   //-->
   
   
 
-
+
   
@@ -193,7 +193,7 @@
     })();
     /* ]]> */
   
-   
+   
   
-    
-    
+    
+    
 
 
 
@@ -225,7 +177,7 @@
 
 
 The Magick Behind ImageMagick
-[Architecture Overview • The Pixel Cache • Streaming Pixels • Image Properties and Profiles • Large Image Support • Threads of Execution • Heterogeneous Distributed Processing • Custom Image Coders • Custom Image Filters]
+[Architecture Overview â¢ The Pixel Cache â¢ Streaming Pixels â¢ Image Properties and Profiles â¢ Large Image Support â¢ Threads of Execution â¢ Heterogeneous Distributed Processing â¢ Custom Image Coders â¢ Custom Image Filters]
 
 
 
@@ -309,9 +261,9 @@ if (image == (Image *) NULL)
 
 In our discussion of the pixel cache, we use the MagickCore API to illustrate our points, however, the principles are the same for other program interfaces to ImageMagick.
 
-When the pixel cache is initialized, pixels are scaled from whatever bit depth they originated from to that required by the pixel cache.  For example, a 1-channel 1-bit monochrome PBM image is scaled to a 4 channel 8-bit RGBA image, if you are using the Q8 version of ImageMagick, and 16-bit RGBA for the Q16 version.  You can determine which version you have with the ‑version option: 
+When the pixel cache is initialized, pixels are scaled from whatever bit depth they originated from to that required by the pixel cache.  For example, a 1-channel 1-bit monochrome PBM image is scaled to a 4 channel 8-bit RGBA image, if you are using the Q8 version of ImageMagick, and 16-bit RGBA for the Q16 version.  You can determine which version you have with the âversion option: 
 
- $ identify -versionVersion: ImageMagick 7.0.0-0 2013-06-16 Q16 http://www.imagemagick.org
+ $ identify -versionVersion: ImageMagick 6.8.6-0 2013-06-16 Q16 http://www.imagemagick.org
 As you can see, the convenience of the pixel cache sometimes comes with a trade-off in storage (e.g. storing a 1-bit monochrome image as 16-bit RGBA is wasteful) and speed (i.e. storing the entire image in memory is generally slower than accessing one scanline of pixels at a time).  In most cases, the benefits of the pixel cache typically outweigh any disadvantages.
 
 
@@ -338,7 +290,7 @@ ssize_t
   x,
   y;
 
-destination=CloneImage(source,source->columns,source->rows,MagickTrue,
+destination=CloneImage(source,source->columns,source->rows,MagickTrue,
   exception);
 if (destination == (Image *) NULL)
   { /* an exception was thrown */ }
@@ -396,7 +348,7 @@ if (y < (ssize_t) source->rows)
 
 
 There are a plethora of image processing algorithms that require a neighborhood of pixels about a pixel of interest.  The algorithm typically includes a caveat concerning how to handle pixels around the image boundaries, known as edge pixels.  With virtual pixels, you do not need to concern yourself about special edge processing other than choosing  which virtual pixel method is most appropriate for your algorithm.
- Access to the virtual pixels are controlled by the SetImageVirtualPixelMethod() method from the MagickCore API or the ‑virtual‑pixel option from the command line.  The methods include:
+ Access to the virtual pixels are controlled by the SetImageVirtualPixelMethod() method from the MagickCore API or the âvirtualâpixel option from the command line.  The methods include:
 
  background:           the area surrounding the image is the background color
@@ -442,7 +394,7 @@ white:                the area surrounding the image is white
 
 To determine the current setting of these limits, use this command:
 
- $ identify -list resource
+ $ identify -list resource
 File         Area       Memory          Map         Disk    Thread         Time
 -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
  768     1.0386GB    3.8692GiB    7.7384GiB    unlimited         4    unlimited
@@ -450,26 +402,26 @@ File         Area       Memory          Map         Disk    Thread         Time
 
 You can set these limits either as a policy (see policy.xml), with an environment variable, with the -limit command line option, or with the SetMagickResourceLimit() MagickCore API method. As an example, our online web interface to ImageMagick, ImageMagick Studio, includes these policy limits to prevent a denial-of-service:
 -<policymap>
-  <policy domain="resource" name="temporary-path" value="/tmp"/>
-  <policy domain="resource" name="memory" value="256MiB"/>
-  <policy domain="resource" name="map" value="512MiB"/>
-  <policy domain="resource" name="area" value="128MB"/>
-  <policy domain="resource" name="disk" value="1GiB"/>
-  <policy domain="resource" name="file" value="768"/>
-  <policy domain="resource" name="thread" value="2"/>
-  <policy domain="resource" name="throttle" value="0"/>
-  <policy domain="resource" name="time" value="120"/>
-  <policy domain="system" name="precision" value="6"/>
-  <policy domain="cache" name="shared-secret" value="********"/>
-</policymap>
+<policymap>
+  <policy domain="resource" name="temporary-path" value="/tmp"/>
+  <policy domain="resource" name="memory" value="256MiB"/>
+  <policy domain="resource" name="map" value="512MiB"/>
+  <policy domain="resource" name="area" value="128MB"/>
+  <policy domain="resource" name="disk" value="1GiB"/>
+  <policy domain="resource" name="file" value="768"/>
+  <policy domain="resource" name="thread" value="2"/>
+  <policy domain="resource" name="throttle" value="0"/>
+  <policy domain="resource" name="time" value="120"/>
+  <policy domain="system" name="precision" value="6"/>
+  <policy domain="cache" name="shared-secret" value="********"/>
+</policymap>
 
 Since we process multiple simultaneous sessions, we don't want any one session consuming all the available memory.  Instead large images are cached to disk.  If the image is too large and exceeds the pixel cache disk limit, the program exits.  In addition, we place a time limit to prevent any run-away processing tasks.
 
 Note, the cache limits are global, meaning if you create several images, the combined resource requirements are compared to the limit to determine the pixel cache storage disposition.
 
 To determine which type and how much resources are consumed by the pixel cache, add the -debug cache option:
--> convert -debug cache logo: -sharpen 3x2 null:
+-> convert -debug cache logo: -sharpen 3x2 null:
 2013-05-17T13:33:42-05:00 0:00.000 0.000u 7.0.0 Cache convert: cache.c/DestroyPixelCache/1275/Cache
   destroy 
 2013-05-17T13:33:42-05:00 0:00.000 0.000u 7.0.0 Cache convert: cache.c/OpenPixelCache/3834/Cache
@@ -477,9 +429,9 @@ File         Area       Memory          Map         Disk    Thread         Time
 2013-05-17T13:33:42-05:00 0:00.010 0.000u 7.0.0 Cache convert: cache.c/OpenPixelCache/3834/Cache
   open LOGO[0] (Heap Memory, 640x480x3 3.516MiB)
 2013-05-17T13:33:42-05:00 0:00.010 0.000u 7.0.0 Cache convert: cache.c/ClonePixelCachePixels/1044/Cache
-  Memory => Memory
+  Memory => Memory
 2013-05-17T13:33:42-05:00 0:00.020 0.010u 7.0.0 Cache convert: cache.c/ClonePixelCachePixels/1044/Cache
-  Memory => Memory
+  Memory => Memory
 2013-05-17T13:33:42-05:00 0:00.020 0.010u 7.0.0 Cache convert: cache.c/OpenPixelCache/3834/Cache
   open LOGO[0] (Heap Memory, 640x480x3 3.516MiB)
 2013-05-17T13:33:42-05:00 0:00.050 0.100u 7.0.0 Cache convert: cache.c/DestroyPixelCache/1275/Cache
@@ -554,14 +506,14 @@ if (y < (ssize_t) source->rows)
 
 If you are dealing with large images, make sure the pixel cache is written to a disk area with plenty of free space.  Under Unix, this is typically /tmp and for Windows, c:/temp.  You can tell ImageMagick to write the pixel cache to an alternate location and conserver memory with these options:
 
- $ convert -limit memory 2GB -limit map 4GB -define registry:temporary-path=/data/tmp ...
+ $ convert -limit memory 2GB -limit map 4GB -define registry:temporary-path=/data/tmp ...
 If you plan on processing the same image many times, consider the MPC format.  Reading a MPC image has near-zero overhead because its in the native pixel cache format eliminating the need for decoding the image pixels.  Here is an example:
 
- $ convert image.tif image.mpc $ convert image.mpc -crop 100x100+0+0 +repage 1.png $ convert image.mpc -crop 100x100+100+0 +repage 2.png $ convert image.mpc -crop 100x100+200+0 +repage 3.png
+ $ convert image.tif image.mpc $ convert image.mpc -crop 100x100+0+0 +repage 1.png $ convert image.mpc -crop 100x100+100+0 +repage 2.png $ convert image.mpc -crop 100x100+200+0 +repage 3.png
 MPC is ideal for web sites.  It reduces the overhead of reading and writing an image.  We use it exclusively at our online image studio.
 Many algorithms require a single sample intensity value from the red, green, and blue components of each pixel.  By default we use Rec601Luma which requires a linear colorspace conversion using a power function-- given most source images are in the sRGB colorspace.  A power function can slow down performance.  To speed the process up, either first convert the image to a linear colorspace such as RGB or use the mathematical RGB average for intensity which does not require the power fuunction:
 
- $ convert image.jpg -set colorspace RGB -threshold 50% -set colorspace sRGB image.png $ convert image.jpg -intensity average -threshold 50% image.png
+ $ convert image.jpg -set colorspace RGB -threshold 50% -set colorspace sRGB image.png $ convert image.jpg -intensity average -threshold 50% image.png
 
 
 
@@ -580,7 +532,7 @@ if (y < (ssize_t) source->rows)
   MyData
     *my_data;
 
-  my_data=(MyData *) image->client_data;
+  my_data=(MyData *) image->client_data;
   p=(PixelPacket *) pixels;
   if (p != (const PixelPacket *) NULL)
     {
@@ -592,7 +544,7 @@ if (y < (ssize_t) source->rows)
 ...
 
 /* invoke the pixel stream here */
-image_info->client_data=(void *) MyData;
+image_info->client_data=(void *) MyData;
 image=ReadStream(image_info,&StreamPixels,exception);

@@ -641,19 +593,19 @@ if (profile != (StringInfo *) NULL)

ImageMagick can read, process, or write mega-, giga-, or tera-pixel image sizes. An image width or height can range from 1 to 2 giga-pixels on a 32 bit OS and up to 9 exa-pixels on a 64-bit OS. Note, that some image formats have restrictions on image size. For example, Photoshop images are limited to 300,000 pixels for width or height. Here we resize an image to a quarter million pixels square:

$ convert logo: -resize 250000x250000 logo.miff

For large images, ImageMagick will likely create a pixel cache on disk. Make sure you have plenty of temporary disk space. If your default temporary disk partition is too small, tell ImageMagick to use another partition with plenty of free space. For example:

$ convert -define registry:temporary-path=/data/tmp logo: \
-resize 250000x250000 logo.miff

$ convert -define registry:temporary-path=/data/tmp logo: \

-resize 250000x250000 logo.miff

To ensure large images do not consume all the memory on your system, force the image pixels to memory-mapped disk with resource limits:

$ convert -define registry:temporary-path=/data/tmp -limit memory 16mb \
logo: -resize 250000x250000 logo.miff

$ convert -define registry:temporary-path=/data/tmp -limit memory 16mb \

logo: -resize 250000x250000 logo.miff

Here we force all image pixels to disk:

$ convert -define registry:temporary-path=/data/tmp -limit area 0 \
logo: -resize 250000x250000 logo.miff

$ convert -define registry:temporary-path=/data/tmp -limit area 0 \

logo: -resize 250000x250000 logo.miff

Caching pixels to disk is about 1000 times slower than memory. Expect long run times when processing large images on disk with ImageMagick. You can monitor progress with this command:

$ convert -monitor -limit memory 2GiB -limit map 4GiB -define registry:temporary-path=/data/tmp \
logo: -resize 250000x250000 logo.miff

For really large images, or if there is limited resources on your host, you can utilize a distributed pixel cache on one or more remote hosts:

$ convert -monitor -limit memory 2GiB -limit map 4GiB -define registry:temporary-path=/data/tmp \

logo: -resize 250000x250000 logo.miff

For really large images, or if there is limited resources on your host, you can utilize a distributed pixel cache on one or more remote hosts:

 convert -distribute-cache 6668 &  // start on 192.168.100.50
 convert -distribute-cache 6668 &  // start on 192.168.100.51
@@ -732,15 +684,15 @@ void ConvertBMPToImage(const BITMAPINFOHEADER *bmp_info,
   /*
     Prepare the image so that we can modify the pixels directly.
   */
-  assert(bmp_info->biCompression == BI_RGB);
-  assert(bmp_info->biWidth == image->columns());
-  assert(abs(bmp_info->biHeight) == image->rows());
-  image->modifyImage();
-  if (bmp_info->biBitCount == 24)
-    image->type(MagickCore::TrueColorType);
+  assert(bmp_info->biCompression == BI_RGB);
+  assert(bmp_info->biWidth == image->columns());
+  assert(abs(bmp_info->biHeight) == image->rows());
+  image->modifyImage();
+  if (bmp_info->biBitCount == 24)
+    image->type(MagickCore::TrueColorType);
   else
-    image->type(MagickCore::TrueColorMatteType);
-  register unsigned int bytes_per_row=bmp_info->biWidth*bmp_info->biBitCount/8;
+    image->type(MagickCore::TrueColorMatteType);
+  register unsigned int bytes_per_row=bmp_info->biWidth*bmp_info->biBitCount/8;
   if (bytes_per_row % 4 != 0) {
     bytes_per_row=bytes_per_row+(4-bytes_per_row % 4);  // divisible by 4.
   }
@@ -748,7 +700,7 @@ void ConvertBMPToImage(const BITMAPINFOHEADER *bmp_info,
     Copy all pixel data, row by row.
   */
   #pragma omp parallel for
-  for (int y=0; y < int(image->rows()); y++)
+  for (int y=0; y < int(image->rows()); y++)
   {
     int
       row;
@@ -759,21 +711,21 @@ void ConvertBMPToImage(const BITMAPINFOHEADER *bmp_info,
     register MagickCore::PixelPacket
       *restrict q;
 
-    row=(bmp_info->biHeight > 0) ? (image->rows()-y-1) : y;
+    row=(bmp_info->biHeight > 0) ? (image->rows()-y-1) : y;
     p=pixels+row*bytes_per_row;
-    q=image->setPixels(0,y,image->columns(),1);
-    for (int x=0; x < int(image->columns()); x++)
+    q=image->setPixels(0,y,image->columns(),1);
+    for (int x=0; x < int(image->columns()); x++)
     {
       SetPixelBlue(q,p[0]);
       SetPixelGreen(q,p[1]);
       SetPixelRed(q,p[2]);
-      if (bmp_info->biBitCount == 32) {
+      if (bmp_info->biBitCount == 32) {
         SetPixelOpacity(q,p[3]);
       }
       q++;
-      p+=bmp_info->biBitCount/8;
+      p+=bmp_info->biBitCount/8;
     }
-    image->syncPixels();  // sync pixels to pixel cache.
+    image->syncPixels();  // sync pixels to pixel cache.
   }
   return;
 }
@@ -786,7 +738,7 @@ void ConvertBMPToImage(const BITMAPINFOHEADER *bmp_info,
 In most circumstances, the default number of threads is set to the number of processor cores on your system for optimal performance.  However, if your system is hyperthreaded or if you are running on a virtual host and only a subset of the processors are available to your server instance, you might get an increase in performance by setting the thread policy or the MAGICK_THREAD_LIMIT environment variable.  For example, your virtual host has 8 processors but only 2 are assigned to your server instance.  The default of 8 threads can cause severe performance problems.  One solution is to limit the number of threads to the available processors in your policy.xml configuration file:
 
 -<policy domain="resource" name="thread" value="2"/>
+<policy domain="resource" name="thread" value="2"/>
 
 
 Or suppose your 12 core hyperthreaded computer defaults to 24 threads.  Set the MAGICK_THREAD_LIMIT environment variable and you will likely get improved performance:
@@ -824,10 +776,10 @@ Performance[12]: 10i 4.525ips 0.799e 18.320u 0:02.210
 
 First verify that your version of ImageMagick includes support for the OpenCL feature:
 
- $ identify -versionFeatures: OpenMP OpenCL
+ $ identify -versionFeatures: OpenMP OpenCL
 If so, run this command to realize a significant speed-up for image convolution:
 
- $ convert image.png -convolve '-1, -1, -1, -1, 9, -1, -1, -1, -1'  \ 
 convolve.png
+ $ convert image.png -convolve '-1, -1, -1, -1, 9, -1, -1, -1, -1'  \ 

 convolve.png
 If an accelerator is not available or if the accelerator fails to respond, ImageMagick reverts to the non-accelerated convolution algorithm.
 
 Here is an example OpenCL kernel that convolves an image:
@@ -836,7 +788,7 @@ Performance[12]: 10i 4.525ips 0.799e 18.320u 0:02.210
 {
   if (offset < 0L)
     return(0L);
-  if (offset >= range)
+  if (offset >= range)
     return((long) (range-1L));
   return(offset);
 }
@@ -845,7 +797,7 @@ static inline CLQuantum ClampToQuantum(const float value)
 {
   if (value < 0.0)
     return((CLQuantum) 0);
-  if (value >= (float) QuantumRange)
+  if (value >= (float) QuantumRange)
     return((CLQuantum) QuantumRange);
   return((CLQuantum) (value+0.5));
 }
@@ -1057,7 +1009,7 @@ static Image *ReadMGKImage(const ImageInfo *image_info,
     image->rows=rows;
     image->depth=8;
     if ((image_info->ping != MagickFalse) && (image_info->number_scenes != 0))
-      if (image->scene >= (image_info->scene+image_info->number_scenes-1))
+      if (image->scene >= (image_info->scene+image_info->number_scenes-1))
         break;
     /*
       Convert MGK raster image to pixel packets.
@@ -1089,7 +1041,7 @@ static Image *ReadMGKImage(const ImageInfo *image_info,
       if (SyncAuthenticPixels(image,exception) == MagickFalse)
         break;
       if ((image->previous == (Image *) NULL) &&
-          (SetImageProgress(image,LoadImageTag,y,image>>rows) == MagickFalse))
+          (SetImageProgress(image,LoadImageTag,y,image>>rows) == MagickFalse))
         break;
     }
     pixels=(unsigned char *) RelinquishMagickMemory(pixels);
@@ -1102,7 +1054,7 @@ static Image *ReadMGKImage(const ImageInfo *image_info,
       Proceed to next image.
     */
     if (image_info->number_scenes != 0)
-      if (image->scene >= (image_info->scene+image_info->number_scenes-1))
+      if (image->scene >= (image_info->scene+image_info->number_scenes-1))
         break;
     *buffer='\0';
     (void) ReadBlobString(image,buffer);
@@ -1307,7 +1259,7 @@ static MagickBooleanType WriteMGKImage(const ImageInfo *image_info,Image *image)
 
 To invoke the custom coder from the command line, use these commands:
 
- $ convert logo: logo.mgk $ display logo.mgk
+ $ convert logo: logo.mgk $ display logo.mgk
 We provide the Magick Coder Kit to help you get started writing your own custom coder.

@@ -1521,18 +1473,18 @@ ModuleExport size_t analyzeImage(Image **images,const int argc,const char **argv

To invoke the custom filter from the command line, use this command:

$ convert logo: -process "analyze" -verbose info:Image: logo:
- Format: LOGO (ImageMagick Logo)
- Class: PseudoClass
- Geometry: 640x480
- ...
- filter:brightness:kurtosis: 8.17947
- filter:brightness:mean: 60632.1
- filter:brightness:skewness: -2.97118
- filter:brightness:standard-deviation: 13742.1
- filter:saturation:kurtosis: 4.33554
- filter:saturation:mean: 5951.55
- filter:saturation:skewness: 2.42848
+

$ convert logo: -process "analyze" -verbose info:Image: logo:

+ Format: LOGO (ImageMagick Logo)

+ Class: PseudoClass

+ Geometry: 640x480

+ ...

+ filter:brightness:kurtosis: 8.17947

+ filter:brightness:mean: 60632.1

+ filter:brightness:skewness: -2.97118

+ filter:brightness:standard-deviation: 13742.1

+ filter:saturation:kurtosis: 4.33554

+ filter:saturation:mean: 5951.55

+ filter:saturation:skewness: 2.42848

filter:saturation:standard-deviation: 15575.9

We provide the Magick Filter Kit to help you get started writing your own custom image filter.

@@ -1545,8 +1497,8 @@ ModuleExport size_t analyzeImage(Image **images,const int argc,const char **argv - Discourse Server • - Studio • + Discourse Server â¢ + Studio â¢ JqMagick diff --git a/www/binary-releases.html b/www/binary-releases.html index 5bd3196ef..83c8847f4 100644 --- a/www/binary-releases.html +++ b/www/binary-releases.html @@ -1,51 +1,46 @@ - - + + - - + + ImageMagick: Install from Binary Distribution - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + - + - + - + - +

@@ -82,18 +69,12 @@ google_ad_height = 90; //--> - +

@@ -145,7 +126,7 @@ Magick++

@@ -171,7 +152,7 @@ -

Links

@@ -181,50 +162,21 @@

- +

- + +

Download Binary Releases

- +

You can install ImageMagick from source. However, if don't have a proper development environment or if you're anxious to get started, download a ready-to-run Unix or Windows executable. Before you download, you may want to review recent changes to the ImageMagick distribution.

@@ -236,7 +188,7 @@

These are the Unix variations that we support. If your system is not on the list, try installing from source. Although ImageMagick runs fine on a single core computer, it automagically runs in parallel on dual and quad-core systems reducing run times considerably.

- + @@ -245,16 +197,16 @@ - - - + + + - - - + + + @@ -291,26 +243,26 @@

ImageMagick RPM's are self-installing. Simply type the following command and you're ready to start using ImageMagick:

$ rpm -Uvh ImageMagick-7.0.0-0.i386.rpm

$ rpm -Uvh ImageMagick-6.8.6-0.i386.rpm

For other systems, create (or choose) a directory to install the package into and change to that directory, for example:

$ cd $HOME

Next, extract the contents of the package. For example:

$ tar xvfz ImageMagick.tar.gz

Set the MAGICK_HOME environment variable to the path where you extracted the ImageMagick files. For example:

$ export MAGICK_HOME="$HOME/ImageMagick-7.0.0"

$ export MAGICK_HOME="$HOME/ImageMagick-6.8.6"

If the bin subdirectory of the extracted package is not already in your executable search path, add it to your PATH environment variable. For example:

$ export PATH="$MAGICK_HOME/bin:$PATH"

On Linux and Solaris machines add $MAGICK_HOME/lib to the LD_LIBRARY_PATH environment variable:

$ LD_LIBRARY_PATH="${LD_LIBRARY_PATH:+$LD_LIBRARY_PATH:}$MAGICK_HOME/lib" $ export LD_LIBRARY_PATH

Finally, to verify ImageMagick is working properly, type the following on the command line:

$ convert logo: logo.gif $ identify logo.gif $ display logo.gif

Congratulations, you have a working ImageMagick distribution under Unix or Linux and you are ready to use ImageMagick to convert, compose, or edit your images or perhaps you'll want to use one of the Application Program Interfaces for C, C++, Perl, and others.

@@ -320,11 +272,11 @@

We recommend MacPorts which custom builds ImageMagick in your environment. Download MacPorts and type:

$ sudo port install ImageMagick

The port command downloads ImageMagick and many of its delegate libraries (e.g. JPEG, PNG, Freetype, etc.) and configures, builds, and installs ImageMagick automagically. Alternatively, you can download the ImageMagick Mac OS X distribution we provide:

Version	HTTP
ImageMagick-7.0.0-0.i386.rpm	download	download	ImageMagick-6.8.6-0.i386.rpm	download	download	Redhat / CentOS 5.8 i386 RPM
ImageMagick-7.0.0-0.x86_64.rpm	download	download	ImageMagick-6.8.6-0.x86_64.rpm	download	download	Redhat / CentOS 5.8 x86_64 RPM

- + @@ -344,23 +296,23 @@

Create (or choose) a directory to install the package into and change to that directory, for example:

$ cd $HOME

Next, extract the contents of the package. For example:

$ tar xvfz ImageMagick-x86_64-apple-darwin12.3.0.tar.gz

Set the MAGICK_HOME environment variable to the path where you extracted the ImageMagick files. For example:

$ export MAGICK_HOME="$HOME/ImageMagick-7.0.0"

$ export MAGICK_HOME="$HOME/ImageMagick-6.8.6"

If the bin subdirectory of the extracted package is not already in your executable search path, add it to your PATH environment variable. For example:

$ export PATH="$MAGICK_HOME/bin:$PATH"

Set the DYLD_LIBRARY_PATH environment variable:

$ export DYLD_LIBRARY_PATH="$MAGICK_HOME/lib/"

Finally, to verify ImageMagick is working properly, type the following on the command line:

$ convert logo: logo.gif $ identify logo.gif $ display logo.gif

Note, the display program requires the X11 server available on your Mac OS X installation DVD. Once that is installed, you will also need to "export DISPLAY=:0".

The best way to deal with all the exports is to put them at the end of your .profile file

@@ -393,7 +345,7 @@

 	./imagemagick_compile.sh VERSION

where VERSION is the version of ImageMagick you want to compile (i.e.: 7.0.0-0, svn, ...)

where VERSION is the version of ImageMagick you want to compile (i.e.: 6.8.6-0, svn, ...)

This script compiles ImageMagick as a static library to be included in iOS projects and adds support for

The Windows version of ImageMagick is self-installing. Simply click on the appropriate version below and it will launch itself and ask you a few installation questions. Versions with Q8 in the name are 8 bits-per-pixel component (e.g. 8-bit red, 8-bit green, etc.), whereas, Q16 in the filename are 16 bits-per-pixel component. A Q16 version permits you to read or write 16-bit images without losing precision but requires twice as much resources as the Q8 version. Versions with dll in the filename include ImageMagick libraries as dynamic link libraries. Unless you have specific requirements, we recommend this version of ImageMagick for 32-bit Windows:

Version	HTTP

- + @@ -443,9 +395,9 @@ - - - + + +

Version	HTTP
ImageMagick-7.0.0-0-Q16-x86-dll.exe	download	download	ImageMagick-6.8.6-0-Q16-x86-dll.exe	download	download	Win32 dynamic at 16 bits-per-pixel

@@ -453,7 +405,7 @@

Or choose from these alternate Windows binary configurations:

- + @@ -462,44 +414,44 @@ - - - + + + - - - + + + - - - + + + - - - + + + - - - + + + - - - + + + @@ -509,7 +461,7 @@

To verify ImageMagick is working properly, type the following in an Command Prompt window:

$ convert logo: logo.gif $ identify logo.gif $ imdisplay

If you have any problems, install the Visual C++ 2010 Redistributable Package (x86) or Visual C++ 2010 Redistributable Package (x64). 64-bit Windows requires both packages (x86 & x64).

Congratulations, you have a working ImageMagick distribution under Windows and you are ready to use ImageMagick to convert, compose, or edit your images or perhaps you'll want to use one of the Application Program Interfaces for C, C++, Perl, and others.

@@ -522,8 +474,8 @@ - Discourse Server • - Studio • + Discourse Server â¢ + Studio â¢ JqMagick diff --git a/www/changelog.html b/www/changelog.html index d497a22c3..01bc16920 100644 --- a/www/changelog.html +++ b/www/changelog.html @@ -31,7 +31,7 @@ - + @@ -223,11 +223,11 @@

ImageMagick Changelog

2013-06-16 7.0.0-1 Cristy <quetzlzacatenango@image...>

Image Operator

@@ -515,11 +467,11 @@ an operator is applied to an image and forgotten. The image operators include:

-‑annotate • ‑black‑threshold • ‑blur • ‑border • ‑charcoal • ‑chop • ‑clip • ‑clip‑path • ‑clip‑mask • ‑colors • ‑colorize • ‑colorspace • ‑compose • ‑contrast • ‑convolve • ‑crop • ‑cycle • ‑despeckle • ‑draw • ‑edge • ‑emboss • ‑enhance • ‑equalize • ‑evaluate • ‑extent • ‑flip • ‑flop • ‑floodfill • ‑frame • ‑gamma • ‑gaussian‑blur • ‑implode • ‑lat • ‑level • ‑map • ‑median • ‑modulate • ‑monochrome • ‑negate • ‑noise • ‑normalize • ‑opaque • ‑ordered‑dither • ‑paint • ‑posterize • ‑raise • ‑profile • ‑radial‑blur • ‑raise • ‑random‑threshold • ‑resample • ‑resize • ‑roll • ‑rotate • ‑sample • ‑scale • ‑sepia‑tone • ‑segment • ‑shade • ‑shadow • ‑sharpen • ‑shave • ‑shear • ‑sigmoidal‑contrast • ‑solarize • ‑splice • ‑spread • ‑strip • ‑swirl • ‑threshold • ‑transparent • ‑thumbnail • ‑tint • ‑transform • ‑trim • ‑unsharp • ‑version • ‑wave • ‑white‑point • ‑white‑threshold

+âannotate â¢ âblackâthreshold â¢ âblur â¢ âborder â¢ âcharcoal â¢ âchop â¢ âclip â¢ âclipâpath â¢ âclipâmask â¢ âcolors â¢ âcolorize â¢ âcolorspace â¢ âcompose â¢ âcontrast â¢ âconvolve â¢ âcrop â¢ âcycle â¢ âdespeckle â¢ âdraw â¢ âedge â¢ âemboss â¢ âenhance â¢ âequalize â¢ âevaluate â¢ âextent â¢ âflip â¢ âflop â¢ âfloodfill â¢ âframe â¢ âgamma â¢ âgaussianâblur â¢ âimplode â¢ âlat â¢ âlevel â¢ âmap â¢ âmedian â¢ âmodulate â¢ âmonochrome â¢ ânegate â¢ ânoise â¢ ânormalize â¢ âopaque â¢ âorderedâdither â¢ âpaint â¢ âposterize â¢ âraise â¢ âprofile â¢ âradialâblur â¢ âraise â¢ ârandomâthreshold â¢ âresample â¢ âresize â¢ âroll â¢ ârotate â¢ âsample â¢ âscale â¢ âsepiaâtone â¢ âsegment â¢ âshade â¢ âshadow â¢ âsharpen â¢ âshave â¢ âshear â¢ âsigmoidalâcontrast â¢ âsolarize â¢ âsplice â¢ âspread â¢ âstrip â¢ âswirl â¢ âthreshold â¢ âtransparent â¢ âthumbnail â¢ âtint â¢ âtransform â¢ âtrim â¢ âunsharp â¢ âversion â¢ âwave â¢ âwhiteâpoint â¢ âwhiteâthreshold

In this example, -negate negates the wand image but not the wizard:

$ convert wand.png -negate wizard.png images.png

Image Sequence Operator

@@ -529,7 +481,7 @@ image sequence immediately as it appears on the command line. Choose from these image sequence operators:

-‑append • ‑affinity • ‑average • ‑clut • ‑coalesce • ‑combine • ‑composite • ‑crop • ‑debug • ‑deconstruct • ‑delete • ‑evaluate‑seqence • ‑fft • ‑flatten • ‑fx • ‑hald‑clut • ‑ift • ‑identify • ‑insert • ‑layers • ‑limit • ‑map • ‑maximum • ‑minimum • ‑morph • ‑mosaic • ‑optimize • ‑print • ‑process • ‑quiet • ‑separate • ‑swap • ‑write

+âappend â¢ âaffinity â¢ âaverage â¢ âclut â¢ âcoalesce â¢ âcombine â¢ âcomposite â¢ âcrop â¢ âdebug â¢ âdeconstruct â¢ âdelete â¢ âevaluateâseqence â¢ âfft â¢ âflatten â¢ âfx â¢ âhaldâclut â¢ âift â¢ âidentify â¢ âinsert â¢ âlayers â¢ âlimit â¢ âmap â¢ âmaximum â¢ âminimum â¢ âmorph â¢ âmosaic â¢ âoptimize â¢ âprint â¢ âprocess â¢ âquiet â¢ âseparate â¢ âswap â¢ âwrite

Image Geometry

@@ -549,13 +501,13 @@ different ways. See the documentation for the individual option or setting for more specifics.

-‑adaptive‑resize • ‑border • ‑borderwidth • ‑chop • ‑crop • ‑density • ‑extent • ‑extract • ‑frame • ‑geometry • ‑iconGeometry • ‑liquid‑rescale • ‑page • ‑region • ‑repage • ‑resize • ‑sample • ‑scale • ‑shave • ‑splice • ‑thumbnail • ‑window

+âadaptiveâresize â¢ âborder â¢ âborderwidth â¢ âchop â¢ âcrop â¢ âdensity â¢ âextent â¢ âextract â¢ âframe â¢ âgeometry â¢ âiconGeometry â¢ âliquidârescale â¢ âpage â¢ âregion â¢ ârepage â¢ âresize â¢ âsample â¢ âscale â¢ âshave â¢ âsplice â¢ âthumbnail â¢ âwindow

The geometry argument might take any of the forms listed in the table below. These will described in more detail in the subsections following the table. The usual form is size[offset], meaning size is required and offset is optional. Occasionally, [size]offset is possible. In no cases are spaces permitted within the geometry argument.

Version	HTTP
ImageMagick-7.0.0-0-Q16-x86-static.exe	download	download	ImageMagick-6.8.6-0-Q16-x86-static.exe	download	download	Win32 static at 16 bits-per-pixel
ImageMagick-7.0.0-0-Q8-x86-dll.exe	download	download	ImageMagick-6.8.6-0-Q8-x86-dll.exe	download	download	Win32 dynamic at 8 bits-per-pixel
ImageMagick-7.0.0-0-Q8-x86-static.exe	download	download	ImageMagick-6.8.6-0-Q8-x86-static.exe	download	download	Win32 static at 8 bits-per-pixel
ImageMagick-7.0.0-0-Q16-x64-dll.exe	download	download	ImageMagick-6.8.6-0-Q16-x64-dll.exe	download	download	Win64 dynamic at 16 bits-per-pixel
ImageMagick-7.0.0-0-Q16-x64-static.exe	download	download	ImageMagick-6.8.6-0-Q16-x64-static.exe	download	download	Win64 static at 16 bits-per-pixel
ImageMagick-7.0.0-0-Q16-x86-windows.zip	download	download	ImageMagick-6.8.6-0-Q16-x86-windows.zip	download	download	Portable Win32 static at 16 bits-per-pixel. Just copy to your host and run (no installer, no Windows registry entries).

- + @@ -606,7 +558,7 @@ setting for more specifics.

size

- + @@ -617,7 +569,7 @@ setting for more specifics.

- +

{size}{offset}
{size}{+-}x{+-}y	Horizontal and vertical offsets x and y, specified in pixels. Signs are required for both. Offsets are affected by ‑gravity setting. Offsets are not affected by `%` or other size operators.	Horizontal and vertical offsets x and y, specified in pixels. Signs are required for both. Offsets are affected by âgravity setting. Offsets are not affected by `%` or other size operators.

@@ -625,23 +577,23 @@ setting for more specifics.

Basic adjustments to width and height; the operators `%`, `^`, and `!`

Here, just below, are a few simple examples of geometry, showing how it might be used as an argument to the ‑resize option. We'll use the internal image logo: for our input image. +

Here, just below, are a few simple examples of geometry, showing how it might be used as an argument to the âresize option. We'll use the internal image logo: for our input image. -This fine image is 640 pixels wide and 480 pixels high. We say its dimensions are 640x480. When we give dimensions of an image, the width (the horizontal dimension) always precedes the height (the vertical dimension). This will be true when we speak of coordinates or offsets into an image, which will always be x–value followed by y. Just think of your high school algebra classes and the xy–plane. (Well, almost: our y–axis will always go downward!) +This fine image is 640 pixels wide and 480 pixels high. We say its dimensions are 640x480. When we give dimensions of an image, the width (the horizontal dimension) always precedes the height (the vertical dimension). This will be true when we speak of coordinates or offsets into an image, which will always be xvalue followed by y. Just think of your high school algebra classes and the xyplane. (Well, almost: our yaxis will always go downward!)

$ convert logo: -resize '200%' bigWiz.png

$ convert logo: -resize '200x50%' longShortWiz.png

$ convert logo: -resize '100x200' notThinWiz.png

$ convert logo: -resize '100x200^' biggerNotThinWiz.png

$ convert logo: -resize '100x200!' dochThinWiz.png

$ convert logo: -resize '200%' bigWiz.png

$ convert logo: -resize '200x50%' longShortWiz.png

$ convert logo: -resize '100x200' notThinWiz.png

$ convert logo: -resize '100x200^' biggerNotThinWiz.png

$ convert logo: -resize '100x200!' dochThinWiz.png

The first of the four commands is simple—it stretches both the width and height of the input image by 200% in each direction; it magnifies the whole thing by a factor of two. The second command specifies different percentages for each direction, stretching the width to 200% and squashing the height to 50%. The resulting image (in this example) has dimensions 1280x240. Notice that the percent symbol needn't be repeated; the following are equivalent: 200x50%, 200%x50, 200%x50%. +

The first of the four commands is simpleit stretches both the width and height of the input image by 200% in each direction; it magnifies the whole thing by a factor of two. The second command specifies different percentages for each direction, stretching the width to 200% and squashing the height to 50%. The resulting image (in this example) has dimensions 1280x240. Notice that the percent symbol needn't be repeated; the following are equivalent: 200x50%, 200%x50, 200%x50%.

By default, the width and height given in a geometry argument are maximum values unless a percentage is specified. That is, the image is expanded or contracted to fit the specified width and height value while maintaining the aspect ratio (the ratio of its height to its width) of the image. For instance, the third command above "tries" to set the dimensions to 100x200. Imagine gradually shrinking the original image (which is 640x480), keeping is aspect ratio constant, until it just fits into a 100x200 rectangle. Since the image is longer than it is tall, it will fit when its width shrinks to 100 pixels. To preserve the aspect ratio, the height will therefore have to be (480/640)×100 pixels=75 pixels, so the final dimensions will be 100x75.

By default, the width and height given in a geometry argument are maximum values unless a percentage is specified. That is, the image is expanded or contracted to fit the specified width and height value while maintaining the aspect ratio (the ratio of its height to its width) of the image. For instance, the third command above "tries" to set the dimensions to 100x200. Imagine gradually shrinking the original image (which is 640x480), keeping is aspect ratio constant, until it just fits into a 100x200 rectangle. Since the image is longer than it is tall, it will fit when its width shrinks to 100 pixels. To preserve the aspect ratio, the height will therefore have to be (480/640)100 pixels=75 pixels, so the final dimensions will be 100x75.

Notice that in the previous example, at least one of the specified dimensions will be attained (in this case, the width, 100 pixels). The resulting image fits snugly within the original. One can do just the opposite of this by invoking the ^ operator, as in the fourth example above. In that case, when 100x200^ is given as the argument, again at least one of the dimensions will be attained, but in this case the resulting image can snugly contain the original. Here the geometry argument gives minimum values. In our example, the height will become 200 and the width will be scaled to preserve the aspect ratio, becoming (640/480)×200 pixels=267 pixels. With the ^ operator, one of those dimensions will match the requested size, but the image will likely overflow the dimensions requested to preserve its aspect ratio. (The ^ feature is new as of IM 6.3.8-2.)

Notice that in the previous example, at least one of the specified dimensions will be attained (in this case, the width, 100 pixels). The resulting image fits snugly within the original. One can do just the opposite of this by invoking the ^ operator, as in the fourth example above. In that case, when 100x200^ is given as the argument, again at least one of the dimensions will be attained, but in this case the resulting image can snugly contain the original. Here the geometry argument gives minimum values. In our example, the height will become 200 and the width will be scaled to preserve the aspect ratio, becoming (640/480)200 pixels=267 pixels. With the ^ operator, one of those dimensions will match the requested size, but the image will likely overflow the dimensions requested to preserve its aspect ratio. (The ^ feature is new as of IM 6.3.8-2.)

We see that ImageMagick is very good about preserving aspect ratios of images, to prevent distortion of your favorite photos and images. But you might really want the dimensions to be 100x200, thereby stretching the image. In this case just tell ImageMagick you really mean it (!) by appending an exclamation operator to the geometry. This will force the image size to exactly what you specify. So, for example, if you specify 100x200! the dimensions will become exactly 100x200 (giving a small, vertically elongated wizard).

@@ -652,10 +604,10 @@ This fine image is 640 pixels wide and 480 pixels high. We say its dimen Here are a few more examples:
-
$ convert logo: -resize '100' wiz1.png
-
$ convert logo: -resize 'x200' wiz2.png
-
$ convert logo: -resize '100x200>' wiz3.png
-
$ convert logo: -resize '100x200<' wiz4.png
+
$ convert logo: -resize '100' wiz1.png
+
$ convert logo: -resize 'x200' wiz2.png
+
$ convert logo: -resize '100x200>' wiz3.png
+
$ convert logo: -resize '100x200<' wiz4.png

If only one dimension is given it is taken to be the width. When only the width is specified, as in the first example above, the width is accepted as given and the height is chosen to maintain the aspect ratio of the input image. Similarly, if only the height is specified, as in the second example above, the height is accepted and the width is chosen to maintain the aspect ratio.
@@ -663,7 +615,7 @@ Here are a few more examples:
Finally, use @ to specify the maximum area in pixels of an image, again while attempting to preserve aspect ratio. (Pixels take only integer values, so some approximation is always at work.) In the following example, an area of 10000 pixels is requested. The resulting file has dimensions 115x86, which has 9890 pixels.
-
$ convert logo: -resize '@10000' wiz10000.png
+
$ convert logo: -resize '@10000' wiz10000.png

Another word about the quotation marks: In all the examples above and below, we have enclosed the geometry arguments within quotation marks. Doing so is optional in many cases, but not always. We must enclose the geometry specifications in quotation marks when using < or > to prevent these characters from being interpreted by the shell as file redirection. On Windows systems, the carat ^ needs to be within quotes, else it is ignored. To be safe, one should probably maintain a habit of enclosing all geometry arguments in quotes, as we have here.

@@ -672,18 +624,18 @@ Here are a few more examples:

Here are some examples to illustrate the use of offsets in geometry arguments. One typical use of offsets is in conjunction with the -‑region option. This option allows many other options to modify the pixels within a specified rectangular subregion of an image. As such, it needs to be given the width and height of that region, and also an offset into the image, which is a pair of coordinates that indicate the location of the region within the larger image. Below, in the first example, we specify a region of size 100x200 to be located at the xy–coordinates x=10, y=20. Let's use the usual algebraic notation (x,y)=(10,20), for convenience. +âregion option. This option allows many other options to modify the pixels within a specified rectangular subregion of an image. As such, it needs to be given the width and height of that region, and also an offset into the image, which is a pair of coordinates that indicate the location of the region within the larger image. Below, in the first example, we specify a region of size 100x200 to be located at the xycoordinates x=10, y=20. Let's use the usual algebraic notation (x,y)=(10,20), for convenience.
-
$ convert logo: -region '100x200+10+20' -negate wizNeg1.png
-
$ convert logo: -region '100x200-10+20' -negate wizNeg2.png
-
$ convert logo: -gravity center -region '100x200-10+20' \
-negate wizNeg3.png
+
$ convert logo: -region '100x200+10+20' -negate wizNeg1.png
+
$ convert logo: -region '100x200-10+20' -negate wizNeg2.png
+
$ convert logo: -gravity center -region '100x200-10+20' \

-negate wizNeg3.png
-
Note that offsets always require +/− signs. The offset is not actually a true location within the image; its coordinates must be added to some other location. Let's refer to that as the current location. In the first two examples above, though, that location is the upper-left hand corner of the image, which has coordinates (0,0). (That is the default situation when there are no other directives given to change it.) The first example above puts the 100x200 rectangle's own upper-left corner at (10,20).
+
Note that offsets always require +/ signs. The offset is not actually a true location within the image; its coordinates must be added to some other location. Let's refer to that as the current location. In the first two examples above, though, that location is the upper-left hand corner of the image, which has coordinates (0,0). (That is the default situation when there are no other directives given to change it.) The first example above puts the 100x200 rectangle's own upper-left corner at (10,20).

A negative offset can make sense in many cases. In the second example above, the offset is (-10,20), specified by -10+20. In that case, only the portion of the (virtual) rectangle obtained that lies within the image can be negated; here it is equivalent to specifying the geometry as 90x200+0+20.
-
In the third example above, the ‑gravity setting precedes the others and sets the current location within the image at the very center of the image. In this case that is at pixel (320,240), since the size of the image is 640x480. This means that the offsets apply to that location, which thereby gets moved, in this case, to (320-10,240+20)=(310,260). But the 100x200 region itself is affected by the ‑gravity setting, so instead of affecting its upper-left corner, the region's own center (at (+50,+100) within it) is determined. Therefore the center of the 100x200 rectangle is moved to (310,260). The negated rectangle's upper-left corner is now at (310-50,260-100)=(260,160). +
In the third example above, the âgravity setting precedes the others and sets the current location within the image at the very center of the image. In this case that is at pixel (320,240), since the size of the image is 640x480. This means that the offsets apply to that location, which thereby gets moved, in this case, to (320-10,240+20)=(310,260). But the 100x200 region itself is affected by the âgravity setting, so instead of affecting its upper-left corner, the region's own center (at (+50,+100) within it) is determined. Therefore the center of the 100x200 rectangle is moved to (310,260). The negated rectangle's upper-left corner is now at (310-50,260-100)=(260,160).

@@ -694,7 +646,7 @@ Here are some examples to illustrate the use of offsets in $ convert wand.gif $ wizard.gif -rotate 30 $ +append images.gif
+
$ convert wand.gif $ wizard.gif -rotate 30 $ +append images.gif

Notice again that the parentheses are escaped by preceding them with backslashes. This is required under Unix, where parentheses are special @@ -707,8 +659,8 @@ above.

In addition to the image operators already discussed, the following image operators are most useful when processing images in an image stack:

- • -‑clone • ‑delete • ‑insert • ‑swap • + â¢ +âclone â¢ âdelete â¢ âinsert â¢ âswap â¢

The arguments to these operators are indexes into the image sequence by number, starting with zero, for the first image, and so on. However if you give a negative index, the images are indexed from the end (last image added). That is, an index of -1 is the last image in the current image sequence, -2 gives the second-to-last, and so on.
@@ -733,7 +685,7 @@ above.

Images can be stored in a mryiad of image formats including the better known JPEG, PNG, TIFF and others. ImageMagick must know the desired format of the image before it is written. ImageMagick leverages the filename extension to determine the format. For example, image.jpg tells ImageMagick to write the image in the JPEG format. In some cases the filename does not identify the image format. In these cases, the image is written in the format it was originally read unless an explicit image format is specified. For example, suppose we want to write our image to a filename of image in the raw red, green, and blue intensity format:
-
$ convert image.jpg rgb:image
+
$ convert image.jpg rgb:image

Standard Out
@@ -741,7 +693,7 @@ above.

Unix permits the output of one command to be piped to another. ImageMagick permits piping one command to another with a filename of -. In this example we pipe the output of convert to the display program:
-
$ convert logo: gif:- | display gif:-
+
$ convert logo: gif:- | display gif:-

Here the explicit format is optional. The GIF image format has a signature that uniquely identifies it so ImageMagick can readily recognize the format as GIF.

@@ -760,7 +712,7 @@ above.

Or retrieve image properties to modify the image filename. For example, the command
-
$ convert rose: -set filename:area '%wx%h' \
'rose-%[filename:area].png'
+
$ convert rose: -set filename:area '%wx%h' \

'rose-%[filename:area].png'

writes an image with this filename:
@@ -784,8 +736,8 @@ above.
- Discourse Server • - Studio • + Discourse Server â¢ + Studio â¢ JqMagick diff --git a/www/command-line-tools.html b/www/command-line-tools.html index 90ccc7211..194d47ebf 100644 --- a/www/command-line-tools.html +++ b/www/command-line-tools.html @@ -1,51 +1,46 @@ - - + + - - + + ImageMagick: Command-line Tools - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + - + - + - + - +

@@ -82,18 +69,12 @@ google_ad_height = 90; //--> - +
- + - +

@@ -145,7 +126,7 @@ Magick++

-
+
Install from Source

@@ -171,7 +152,7 @@
Site Map
-
+
Links

@@ -181,49 +162,20 @@

- +

-
- + +

Command-line Tools
-
[animate • compare • composite • conjure • convert • display • identify • import • mogrify • montage • stream]
+
[animate â¢ compare â¢ composite â¢ conjure â¢ convert â¢ display â¢ identify â¢ import â¢ mogrify â¢ montage â¢ stream]

@@ -286,8 +238,8 @@ - Discourse Server • - Studio • + Discourse Server â¢ + Studio â¢ JqMagick diff --git a/www/compare.html b/www/compare.html index cb0d1d00c..a4055f0a7 100644 --- a/www/compare.html +++ b/www/compare.html @@ -1,52 +1,46 @@ - - - + + - - + + ImageMagick: Command-line Tools: Compare - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + - + - + - + - +

@@ -83,18 +69,12 @@ google_ad_height = 90; //--> - +
- + - +

@@ -146,7 +126,7 @@ Magick++

-
+
Install from Source

@@ -172,7 +152,7 @@
Site Map
-
+
Links

@@ -182,49 +162,20 @@

- +

-
- + +

ImageMagick Compare Command-line Tool
-
[Example Usage • Option Summary]
+
[Example Usage â¢ Option Summary]

Use the compare program to mathematically and visually annotate the difference between an image and its reconstruction. See Command Line Processing for advice on how to structure your compare command or see below for example usages of the command.
@@ -235,13 +186,13 @@
We list a few examples of the compare command here to illustrate its usefulness and ease of use. To get started, lets compare an image to one thats been sharpened:
-
$ convert rose.jpg -sharpen 0x1 reconstruct.jpg $ compare rose.jpg reconstruct.jpg difference.png $ compare -compose src rose.jpg reconstruct.jpg difference.png
+
$ convert rose.jpg -sharpen 0x1 reconstruct.jpg $ compare rose.jpg reconstruct.jpg difference.png $ compare -compose src rose.jpg reconstruct.jpg difference.png

- - - - + + + +

@@ -249,20 +200,20 @@
In addition to the visual interpretation of the difference in an image and its reconstruction, we report a mathematical measure of the difference:
-
$ compare -verbose -metric mae rose.jpg reconstruct.jpg difference.pngImage: rose.jpg
- Channel distortion: MAE
- red: 2282.91 (0.034835)
- green: 1853.99 (0.0282901)
- blue: 2008.67 (0.0306503)
- all: 1536.39 (0.0234439)
Or, if you just want the red channel distortion, use this command:
+
$ compare -verbose -metric mae rose.jpg reconstruct.jpg difference.pngImage: rose.jpg

+ Channel distortion: MAE

+ red: 2282.91 (0.034835)

+ green: 1853.99 (0.0282901)

+ blue: 2008.67 (0.0306503)

+ all: 1536.39 (0.0234439)

Or, if you just want the red channel distortion, use this command:
-
$ compare -channel red -metric PSNR rose.jpg reconstruct.jpg difference.png19.63
+
$ compare -channel red -metric PSNR rose.jpg reconstruct.jpg difference.png19.63

Or, if you just want the overall image distortion, use this command:
-
$ compare -metric PSNR rose.jpg reconstruct.jpg difference.png28.31
+
$ compare -metric PSNR rose.jpg reconstruct.jpg difference.png28.31

If the reconstructed image is a subimage of the image, the compare program returns the best match offset. In addition, it returns a similarity image such that an exact match location is completely white and if none of the pixels match, black, otherwise some gray level in-between:
-
$ compare -metric RMSE -subimage-search logo.png wizard.jpg similarity.gif85.05 (0.00129778) @ 353,157
+
$ compare -metric RMSE -subimage-search logo.png wizard.jpg similarity.gif85.05 (0.00129778) @ 353,157

You can find additional examples of using compare in Graphics from the Command Line. Further discussion is available in More Graphics from the Command Line and Examples of ImageMagick Usage.

@@ -489,8 +440,8 @@ transparent, extract, background, or shape the alpha channel - Discourse Server • - Studio • + Discourse Server â¢ + Studio â¢ JqMagick diff --git a/www/compose.html b/www/compose.html index efc1ecf3c..945b9653b 100644 --- a/www/compose.html +++ b/www/compose.html @@ -32,7 +32,7 @@ - + diff --git a/www/composite.html b/www/composite.html index df55fe4d5..aed7c740f 100644 --- a/www/composite.html +++ b/www/composite.html @@ -1,52 +1,46 @@ - - - + + - - + + ImageMagick: Command-line Tools: Composite - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + - + - + - + - +

@@ -83,18 +69,12 @@ google_ad_height = 90; //--> - +
- + - +

@@ -146,7 +126,7 @@ Magick++

-
+
Install from Source

@@ -172,7 +152,7 @@
Site Map
-
+
Links

@@ -182,49 +162,20 @@

- +

-
- + +

ImageMagick Composite Command-line Tool
-
[Example Usage • Option Summary]
+
[Example Usage â¢ Option Summary]

Use the composite program to overlap one image over another. See Command Line Processing for advice on how to structure your composite command or see below for example usages of the command.
@@ -235,29 +186,29 @@
We list a few examples of the composite command here to illustrate its usefulness and ease of use. To get started, lets overlay a smiley face over a rose:
-
$ composite -gravity center smile.gif rose: rose-over.png
+
$ composite -gravity center smile.gif rose: rose-over.png

- - - - - + + + + +

You can create three-dimensional effect with the Atop:
-
$ convert -size 70x70 canvas:none -fill red -draw 'circle 35,35 10,30' red-circle.png $ convert -size 70x70 canvas:none -draw 'circle 35,35 35,20' -negate \
- -channel A -gaussian-blur 0x8 white-highlight.png $ composite -compose atop -geometry -13-17 white-highlight.png red-circle.png red-ball.png
+
$ convert -size 70x70 canvas:none -fill red -draw 'circle 35,35 10,30' red-circle.png $ convert -size 70x70 canvas:none -draw 'circle 35,35 35,20' -negate \

+ -channel A -gaussian-blur 0x8 white-highlight.png $ composite -compose atop -geometry -13-17 white-highlight.png red-circle.png red-ball.png

- - - - - + + + + +

@@ -683,8 +634,8 @@ transparent, extract, background, or shape the alpha channel - Discourse Server • - Studio • + Discourse Server â¢ + Studio â¢ JqMagick diff --git a/www/conjure.html b/www/conjure.html index fb86c5424..a9c7c579f 100644 --- a/www/conjure.html +++ b/www/conjure.html @@ -1,52 +1,46 @@ - - - + + - - + + ImageMagick: Command-line Tools: Conjure - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + - + - + - + - +

@@ -83,18 +69,12 @@ google_ad_height = 90; //--> - +
- + - +

@@ -146,7 +126,7 @@ Magick++

-
+
Install from Source

@@ -172,7 +152,7 @@
Site Map
-
+
Links

@@ -182,49 +162,20 @@

- +

-
- + +

ImageMagick Conjure Command-line Tool
-
[Example Usage • Option Summarybull; Magick Scripting Language (MSL) ]
+
[Example Usage â¢ Option Summarybull; Magick Scripting Language (MSL) ]

The conjure program gives you the ability to perform custom image processing tasks from a script written in the Magick Scripting Language (MSL). MSL is XML-based and consists of action statements with attributes. Actions include reading an image, processing an image, getting attributes from an image, writing an image, and more. An attribute is a key/value pair that modifies the behavior of an action. See Command Line Processing for advice on how to structure your conjure command or see below for example usages of the command.
@@ -235,7 +186,7 @@
We list a few examples of the conjure command here to illustrate its usefulness and ease of use. To get started, here is simple conjure command:
-
$ conjure -dimensions 400x400 incantation.msl
+
$ conjure -dimensions 400x400 incantation.msl

The MSL script incantation.msl used above is here:

@@ -253,23 +204,23 @@
In this example, a family stayed home for their vacation but as far as their friends are concerned they went to a beautiful beach in the Caribbean:

- <?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> - <group> - <image id="family"> - <read filename="family.gif"/> - <resize geometry="300x300"/> - </image> - <image id="palm-trees"> - <read filename="palm-trees.gif"/> - <resize geometry="300x100"/> - </image> - <image> - <read filename="beach.jpg"/> - <composite image="family" geometry="+30+40"/> - <composite image="palm-trees" geometry="+320+90"/> - </image> - <write filename="family-vacation.png"/> - </group> + <?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> + <group> + <image id="family"> + <read filename="family.gif"/> + <resize geometry="300x300"/> + </image> + <image id="palm-trees"> + <read filename="palm-trees.gif"/> + <resize geometry="300x100"/> + </image> + <image> + <read filename="beach.jpg"/> + <composite image="family" geometry="+30+40"/> + <composite image="palm-trees" geometry="+320+90"/> + </image> + <write filename="family-vacation.png"/> + </group>

Here we display the width in pixels of text for a particular font and pointsize.
@@ -1297,8 +1248,8 @@ fill="color name", channel="All, Default, Alpha, Black, Blue, CMYK, Cyan, Gray, - Discourse Server • - Studio • + Discourse Server â¢ + Studio â¢ JqMagick diff --git a/www/contact.html b/www/contact.html index d47d9d5df..e616837d8 100644 --- a/www/contact.html +++ b/www/contact.html @@ -1,51 +1,46 @@ - - + + - - + + ImageMagick: Contact the Development Team - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + - + - + - + - +

@@ -82,18 +69,12 @@ google_ad_height = 90; //--> - +
- + - +

@@ -145,7 +126,7 @@ Magick++

-
+
Install from Source

@@ -171,7 +152,7 @@
Site Map
-
+
Links

@@ -181,43 +162,14 @@

- +

-
- + +

@@ -236,22 +188,22 @@ - + - + - + - -

Authenticate

E-mail

Name

Issue

- - +

+ +

-
+

@@ -286,8 +238,8 @@ - Discourse Server • - Studio • + Discourse Server â¢ + Studio â¢ JqMagick diff --git a/www/convert.html b/www/convert.html index a5b52ad16..57b9a0780 100644 --- a/www/convert.html +++ b/www/convert.html @@ -32,7 +32,7 @@ - + diff --git a/www/display.html b/www/display.html index a94f1026b..900f3c1cb 100644 --- a/www/display.html +++ b/www/display.html @@ -1,52 +1,46 @@ - - - + + - - + + ImageMagick: Command-line Tools: Display - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + - + - + - + - +

@@ -83,18 +69,12 @@ google_ad_height = 90; //--> - +
- + - +

@@ -146,7 +126,7 @@ Magick++

-
+
Install from Source

@@ -172,7 +152,7 @@
Site Map
-
+
Links

@@ -182,49 +162,20 @@

- +

-
- + +

ImageMagick Display Command-line Tool
-
[Example Usage • Option Summary]
+
[Example Usage â¢ Option Summary]

Use the display program to display an image or image sequence on any X server. See Command Line Processing for advice on how to structure your display command or see below for example usages of the command.
@@ -235,16 +186,16 @@
We list a few examples of the display command here to illustrate its usefulness and ease of use. To get started, lets display an image in the JPEG format:
-
$ display rose.jpg
+
$ display rose.jpg

To tile a slate texture onto the root window, use:
-
$ display -size 1280x1024 -window root slate.png
+
$ display -size 1280x1024 -window root slate.png

To display a visual image directory of all your JPEG images, use:
-
$ display 'vid:*.jpg'
+
$ display 'vid:*.jpg'

The display program defaults to the X screen resolution. To display vecotr formats at their intended size, override the default resolution:
-
$ display -density 72 drawing.svg
+
$ display -density 72 drawing.svg

You can find additional examples of using display in Graphics from the Command Line. Further discussion is available in More Graphics from the Command Line and Examples of ImageMagick Usage.

@@ -717,8 +668,8 @@ transparent, extract, background, or shape the alpha channel - Discourse Server • - Studio • + Discourse Server â¢ + Studio â¢ JqMagick diff --git a/www/distribute-pixel-cache.html b/www/distribute-pixel-cache.html index 1f138d8b7..8329be001 100644 --- a/www/distribute-pixel-cache.html +++ b/www/distribute-pixel-cache.html @@ -31,7 +31,7 @@ - + diff --git a/www/download.html b/www/download.html index 398daeb99..8eb653536 100644 --- a/www/download.html +++ b/www/download.html @@ -31,7 +31,7 @@ - + @@ -225,7 +225,7 @@
Download ImageMagick

ImageMagick source and binary distributions are available from a variety of FTP and Web mirrors around the world listed below. ImageMagick stable and development source releases are also available from Subversion. Before you download, you may want to review recent changes to the ImageMagick distribution.
-
The latest release of ImageMagick is version 7.0.0-0.
+
The latest release of ImageMagick is version 6.8.6-0.

Australia

ftp://mirror.aarnet.edu.au/pub/imagemagick/
diff --git a/www/escape.html b/www/escape.html index b7dce6b9c..1010c9885 100644 --- a/www/escape.html +++ b/www/escape.html @@ -32,7 +32,7 @@ - + diff --git a/www/examples.html b/www/examples.html index 10c8fa006..f4e699ad8 100644 --- a/www/examples.html +++ b/www/examples.html @@ -1,51 +1,46 @@ - - + + - - + + ImageMagick: Examples of ImageMagick Usage - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + - + - + - + - +

@@ -82,18 +69,12 @@ google_ad_height = 90; //--> - +
- + - +

@@ -145,7 +126,7 @@ Magick++

-
+
Install from Source

@@ -171,7 +152,7 @@
Site Map
-
+
Links

@@ -181,53 +162,24 @@

- +

-
- + +

ImageMagick Examples

-
Here are a few examples of what you can do with an image using ImageMagick from the command line, a program interface, or script. You can generate this image yourself with this PerlMagick script, examples.pl.

+
Here are a few examples of what you can do with an image using ImageMagick from the command line, a program interface, or script. You can generate this image yourself with this PerlMagick script, examples.pl.

- +

@@ -237,8 +189,8 @@ - Discourse Server • - Studio • + Discourse Server â¢ + Studio â¢ JqMagick diff --git a/www/exception.html b/www/exception.html index 61d687426..c63dd77d3 100644 --- a/www/exception.html +++ b/www/exception.html @@ -1,51 +1,46 @@ - - + + - - + + ImageMagick: Exceptions - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + - + - + - + - +

@@ -82,18 +69,12 @@ google_ad_height = 90; //--> - +
- + - +

@@ -145,7 +126,7 @@ Magick++

-
+
Install from Source

@@ -171,7 +152,7 @@
Site Map
-
+
Links

@@ -181,43 +162,14 @@

- +

-
- + +

@@ -425,8 +377,8 @@ - Discourse Server • - Studio • + Discourse Server â¢ + Studio â¢ JqMagick diff --git a/www/export.html b/www/export.html index d68696bef..0e42b7d94 100644 --- a/www/export.html +++ b/www/export.html @@ -1,51 +1,46 @@ - - + + - - + + ImageMagick: Export Classification - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + - + - + - + - +

@@ -82,18 +69,12 @@ google_ad_height = 90; //--> - +
- + - +

@@ -145,7 +126,7 @@ Magick++

-
+
Install from Source

@@ -171,7 +152,7 @@
Site Map
-
+
Links

@@ -181,43 +162,14 @@

- +

-
- + +

@@ -228,8 +180,8 @@
The ImageMagick software distribution is classified as ECCN 5D002. However, ImageMagick Studio LLC makes no warranty or representation that this classification is accurate, current, or complete. ImageMagick is exported under the TSU exception in EAR 740.13(e) which applies to software containing or designed for use with encryption software that is publicly available as open source. TSU further provides that Posting encryption source code and corresponding object code on the Internet (e.g., FTP or World Wide Web site) where it may be downloaded by anyone neither establishes "knowledge" of a prohibited export or reexport for purposes of this paragraph, nor triggers any "red flags" necessitating the affirmative duty to inquire[...]. It is your obligation as the exporter to comply with the current applicable requirements of United States export rules and regulations.

-

-

+

+

@@ -237,8 +189,8 @@ - Discourse Server • - Studio • + Discourse Server â¢ + Studio â¢ JqMagick diff --git a/www/formats.html b/www/formats.html index 1e59bd102..e12e56c43 100644 --- a/www/formats.html +++ b/www/formats.html @@ -1,52 +1,46 @@ - - - + + - - + + ImageMagick: Formats - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + - + - + - + - +

@@ -83,18 +69,12 @@ google_ad_height = 90; //--> - +
- + - +

@@ -146,7 +126,7 @@ Magick++

-
+
Install from Source

@@ -172,7 +152,7 @@
Site Map
-
+
Links

@@ -182,49 +162,20 @@

- +

-
- + +

ImageMagick Image Formats
-
[Introducing Formats • A Word about Colorspaces • Supported Formats • Pseudo Formats • Built-in Images • Built-in Patterns • Embedded Profiles]
+
[Introducing Formats â¢ A Word about Colorspaces â¢ Supported Formats â¢ Pseudo Formats â¢ Built-in Images â¢ Built-in Patterns â¢ Embedded Profiles]

Introducing Image Formats

@@ -235,12 +186,11 @@
To get a complete listing of which image formats are supported on your system, type
-
$ identify -list format
+
$ identify -list format

On some platforms, ImageMagick automagically processes these extensions: .gz for Zip compression, .Z for Unix compression, .bz2 for block compression, and .pgp for PGP encryption. For example, a PNM image called image.pnm.gz is automagically uncompressed.

-
A Word about Colorspaces

A majority of the image formats assume an sRGB +
A Word about Colorspaces

A majority of the image formats assume an sRGB colorspace (e.g. JPEG, PNG, etc.). A few support only linear RGB (e.g. EXR, DPX, CIN, HDR) or only linear GRAY (e.g. PGM). A few formats support CMYK. Then there is the occasional format that also supports LAB (that is CieLAB) @@ -674,7 +624,7 @@ the supported image formats.
JPEG RW Joint Photographic Experts Group JFIF format - Note, JPEG is a lossy compression. In addition, you cannot create black and white images with JPEG nor can you save transparency.

Requires jpegsrc.v8c.tar.gz. You can set quality scaling for luminance and chrominance separately (e.g. -quality 90,70). You can optionally define the DCT method, for example to specify the float method, use -define jpeg:dct-method=float. By default we compute optimal Huffman coding tables. Specify -define jpeg:optimize-coding=false to use the default Huffman tables. Two other options include -define jpeg:block-smoothing and -define jpeg:fancy-upsampling. Set the sampling factor with -define jpeg:sampling-factor. You can size the image with jpeg:size, for example -define jpeg:size=128x128. To restrict the maximum file size, use jpeg:extent, for example -define jpeg:extent=400kb. Finally, to define one or more custom quantization tables, use -define jpeg:q-table=filename. + Note, JPEG is a lossy compression. In addition, you cannot create black and white images with JPEG nor can you save transparency.

Requires jpegsrc.v8c.tar.gz. You can set quality scaling for luminance and chrominance separately (e.g. -quality 90,70). You can optionally define the DCT method, for example to specify the float method, use -define jpeg:dct-method=float. By default we compute optimal Huffman coding tables. Specify -define jpeg:optimize-coding=false to use the default Huffman tables. Two other options include -define jpeg:block-smoothing and -define jpeg:fancy-upsampling. Set the sampling factor with -define jpeg:sampling-factor. You can size the image with jpeg:size, for example -define jpeg:size=128x128. To restrict the maximum file size, use jpeg:extent, for example -define jpeg:extent=400kb. Finally, to define one or more custom quantization tables, use -define jpeg:q-table=filename. @@ -1326,13 +1276,12 @@ convert $ -size 15x15 canvas:black canvas:white -append $ \ R Canvas image of specified color Useful to create solid color canvas images. Use - -size and -depth to specify the + -size and -depth to specify the image width, height, and depth. Example canvas color specifications - include canvas:red and canvas:#FF0000.
+ include canvas:red and canvas:#FF0000.

If no color is specified a 'white' canvas image is - generated. If no -size is specified + generated. If no -size is specified a single pixel image of the specified color is generated. @@ -1550,14 +1499,14 @@ convert $ -size 15x15 canvas:black canvas:white -append $ \ GRANITE R 128x128 granite texture pattern - + LOGO R ImageMagick Logo, 640x480 - + @@ -1571,14 +1520,14 @@ convert $ -size 15x15 canvas:black canvas:white -append $ \ ROSE R Picture of a rose, 70x46 - + WIZARD R ImageMagick Wizard, 480x640 - + @@ -1602,378 +1551,378 @@ convert $ -size 15x15 canvas:black canvas:white -append $ \ BRICKS R brick pattern, 16x16 - + CHECKERBOARD R checkerboard pattern, 30x30 - + CIRCLES R circles pattern, 16x16 - + CROSSHATCH R crosshatch pattern, 8x4 - + CROSSHATCH30 R crosshatch pattern with lines at 30 degrees, 8x4 - + CROSSHATCH45 R crosshatch pattern with lines at 45 degrees, 8x4 - + FISHSCALES R fish scales pattern, 16x8 - + GRAY0 R 0% intensity gray, 32x32 - + GRAY5 R 5% intensity gray, 32x32 - + GRAY10 R 10% intensity gray, 32x32 - + GRAY15 R 15% intensity gray, 32x32 - + GRAY20 R 20% intensity gray, 32x32 - + GRAY25 R 25% intensity gray, 32x32 - + GRAY30 R 30% intensity gray, 32x32 - + GRAY35 R 35% intensity gray, 32x32 - + GRAY40 R 40% intensity gray, 32x32 - + GRAY45 R 45% intensity gray, 32x32 - + GRAY50 R 50% intensity gray, 32x32 - + GRAY55 R 55% intensity gray, 32x32 - + GRAY60 R 60% intensity gray, 32x32 - + GRAY65 R 65% intensity gray, 32x32 - + GRAY70 R 70% intensity gray, 32x32 - + GRAY75 R 75% intensity gray, 32x32 - + GRAY80 R 80% intensity gray, 32x32 - + GRAY85 R 85% intensity gray, 32x32 - + GRAY90 R 100% intensity gray, 32x32 - + GRAY95 R 100% intensity gray, 32x32 - + GRAY100 R 100% intensity gray, 32x32 - + HEXAGONS R hexagon pattern, 30x18 - + HORIZONTAL R horizontal line pattern, 8x4 - + HORIZONTAL2 R horizontal line pattern, 8x8 - + HORIZONTAL3 R horizontal line pattern, 9x9 - + HORIZONTALSAW R horizontal saw-tooth pattern, 16x8 - + HS_BDIAGONAL R backward diagonal line pattern (45 degrees slope), 8x8 - + HS_CROSS R cross line pattern, 8x8 - + HS_DIAGCROSS R diagonal line cross pattern (45 degrees slope), 8x8 - + HS_FDIAGONAL R forward diagonal line pattern (45 degrees slope), 8x8 - + HS_HORIZONTAL R horizontal line pattern, 8x8 - + HS_VERTICAL R vertical line pattern, 8x8 - + LEFT30 R forward diagonal pattern (30 degrees slope), 8x4 - + LEFT45 R forward diagonal line pattern (45 degrees slope), 8x8 - + LEFTSHINGLE R left shingle pattern, 24x24 - + OCTAGONS R octagons pattern, 16x16 - + RIGHT30 R backward diagonal line pattern (30 degrees) 8x4 - + RIGHT45 R backward diagonal line pattern (30 degrees), 8x8 - + RIGHTSHINGLE R right shingle pattern, 24x24 - + SMALLFISHSCALES R small fish scales pattern, 8x8 - + VERTICAL R vertical line pattern, 8x8 - + VERTICAL2 R vertical line pattern, 8x8 - + VERTICAL3 R vertical line pattern, 9x9 - + VERTICALBRICKS R vertical brick pattern, 16x16 - + VERTICALLEFTSHINGLE R vertical left shingle pattern, 24x24 - + VERTICALRIGHTSHINGLE R vertical right shingle pattern, 24x24 - + VERTICALSAW R vertical saw-tooth pattern, 8x16 - + @@ -2054,8 +2003,8 @@ convert $ -size 15x15 canvas:black canvas:white -append $ \ - Discourse Server • - Studio • + Discourse Server â¢ + Studio â¢ JqMagick diff --git a/www/fx.html b/www/fx.html index 40e676a9b..bb7bc437c 100644 --- a/www/fx.html +++ b/www/fx.html @@ -1,52 +1,46 @@ - - - + + - - + + ImageMagick: The Fx Special Effects Image Operator - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + - + - + - + - +

@@ -83,18 +69,12 @@ google_ad_height = 90; //--> - +
- + - +

@@ -146,7 +126,7 @@ Magick++

-
+
Install from Source

@@ -172,7 +152,7 @@
Site Map
-
+
Links

@@ -182,49 +162,20 @@

- +

-
- + +

Apply Special Effects to an Image with an Fx Expression
-
[The Fx Special Effects Image Operator • The Anatomy of an Fx Expression]
+
[The Fx Special Effects Image Operator â¢ The Anatomy of an Fx Expression]

@@ -242,44 +193,44 @@
The expression can be simple:
-
$ convert -size 64x64 canvas:black -channel blue -fx "1/2" fx_navy.png
+
$ convert -size 64x64 canvas:black -channel blue -fx "1/2" fx_navy.png

Here, we convert a black to a navy blue image:

- - - + + +

Or the expression can be complex:
-
$ convert rose.jpg \
- -fx "(1.0/(1.0+exp(10.0*(0.5-u)))-0.006693)*1.0092503" \
+
$ convert rose.jpg \

+ -fx "(1.0/(1.0+exp(10.0*(0.5-u)))-0.006693)*1.0092503" \

rose-sigmoidal.png

This expression results in a high contrast version of the image:

- - - + + +

The expression can include variable assignments. Assignments, in most cases, reduce the complexity of an expression and permit some operations that might not be possible any other way. For example, lets create a radial gradient:
-
$ convert -size 70x70 canvas: \
- -fx "Xi=i-w/2; Yj=j-h/2; 1.2*(0.5-hypot(Xi,Yj)/70.0)+0.5" \
+
$ convert -size 70x70 canvas: \

+ -fx "Xi=i-w/2; Yj=j-h/2; 1.2*(0.5-hypot(Xi,Yj)/70.0)+0.5" \

radial-gradient.png

The command above returns this image:

- +

This FX expression adds random noise to an image:
-
$ convert photo.jpg -fx 'iso=32; rone=rand(); rtwo=rand(); \
- myn=sqrt(-2*ln(rone))*cos(2*Pi*rtwo); myntwo=sqrt(-2*ln(rtwo))* \
- cos(2*Pi*rone); pnoise=sqrt(p)*myn*sqrt(iso)* \
+
$ convert photo.jpg -fx 'iso=32; rone=rand(); rtwo=rand(); \

+ myn=sqrt(-2*ln(rone))*cos(2*Pi*rtwo); myntwo=sqrt(-2*ln(rtwo))* \

+ cos(2*Pi*rone); pnoise=sqrt(p)*myn*sqrt(iso)* \

channel(4.28,3.86,6.68,0)/255; max(0,p+pnoise)' noisy.png

See Using FX, The Special Effects Image Operator for more examples.
@@ -489,17 +440,17 @@
As an example, we form an image by averaging the first image and third images (the second (index 1) image is ignored and just junked):
-
$ convert image1.jpg image2.jpg image3.jpg -fx "(u+u[2])/2.0" image.jpg
+
$ convert image1.jpg image2.jpg image3.jpg -fx "(u+u[2])/2.0" image.jpg

By default, the image to which p, r, g, b, a, etc., are applied is the current image s in the image list. This is equivelent to u except when used in an escape sequence %[fx:...].

It is important to note the special role played by the first image. This is the only image in the image sequence that is modified, other images are used only for their data. As an illustrative example, consider the following, and note that the setting -channel red instructs -fx to modify only the red channel; nothing in the green or blue channels will change. It is instructive to ponder why the result is not symmetric.
-
$ convert -channel red logo: -flop logo: -resize "20%" -fx "(u+v)/2" image.jpg
+
$ convert -channel red logo: -flop logo: -resize "20%" -fx "(u+v)/2" image.jpg

- - - - + + + +
@@ -535,7 +486,7 @@
Use the -channel setting to specify the output channel of the result. If no output channel is given, the result is set over all channels except the opacity channel. For example, to replace the red channel of alpha.png with the average of the green channels from the images alpha.png and beta.png, use:
-
$ convert alpha.png beta.png -channel red -fx "(u.g+v.g)/2" gamma.png
+
$ convert alpha.png beta.png -channel red -fx "(u.g+v.g)/2" gamma.png

Results
@@ -548,12 +499,12 @@
For use with -format, the value-escape %[fx: ] is evaluated just once for each image in the current image sequence. As each image in the sequence is being evaluated, s and t successively refer to the current image and its index, while i and j are set to zero, and the current channel set to red (-channel is ignored). An example:
-
$ convert canvas:'rgb(25%,50%,75%)' rose: -colorspace rgb \
- -format 'Red channel of NW corner of image #%[fx:t] is %[fx: s]' info:Red channel of NW corner of image #0 is 0.453758
+
$ convert canvas:'rgb(25%,50%,75%)' rose: -colorspace rgb \

+ -format 'Red channel of NW corner of image #%[fx:t] is %[fx: s]' info:Red channel of NW corner of image #0 is 0.453758

Red channel of NW corner of image #1 is 0.184588

Here we use the image indexes to rotate each image differently, and use -set with the image index to set a different pause delay on the first image in the animation:
-
$ convert rose: -duplicate 29 -virtual-pixel Gray -distort SRT '%[fx:360.0*t/n]' \
+
$ convert rose: -duplicate 29 -virtual-pixel Gray -distort SRT '%[fx:360.0*t/n]' \

-set delay '%[fx:t == 0 ? 240 : 10]' -loop 0 rose.gif
The color-escape %[pixel: ] is evaluated once per image and per color channel in that image (-channel is ignored), The values generated are then converted into a color string (a named color or hex color value). The symbols i and j are set to zero, and s and t refer to each successively current image and index.

@@ -565,8 +516,8 @@ - Discourse Server • - Studio • + Discourse Server â¢ + Studio â¢ JqMagick diff --git a/www/high-dynamic-range.html b/www/high-dynamic-range.html index fc9eca905..11c5eac0d 100644 --- a/www/high-dynamic-range.html +++ b/www/high-dynamic-range.html @@ -1,51 +1,46 @@ - - + + - - + + ImageMagick: High Dynamic-Range Images - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + - + - + - + - +

@@ -82,18 +69,12 @@ google_ad_height = 90; //--> - +
- + - +

@@ -145,7 +126,7 @@ Magick++

-
+
Install from Source

@@ -171,7 +152,7 @@
Site Map
-
+
Links

@@ -181,50 +162,21 @@

- +

-
- + +

ImageMagick High Dynamic-range Imaging
-
[Introduction to High Dynamic-Range Images • Enabling HDRI in ImageMagick]
+
[Introduction to High Dynamic-Range Images â¢ Enabling HDRI in ImageMagick]

@@ -249,12 +201,12 @@
To enable the HDRI version of ImageMagick, use this Unix/Linux command:
-
$ ./configure --enable-hdri
+
$ ./configure --enable-hdri

Under Windows, set the MAGICKCORE_HDRI_SUPPORT definition in the magick-config.h configuration file and build.

To verify HDRI is properly configured, look for "HDRI" as a feature:
-
$ identify -versionFeatures: OpenMP HDRI
+
$ identify -versionFeatures: OpenMP HDRI

@@ -262,8 +214,8 @@ - Discourse Server • - Studio • + Discourse Server â¢ + Studio â¢ JqMagick diff --git a/www/history.html b/www/history.html index 924dede06..4a2a0a936 100644 --- a/www/history.html +++ b/www/history.html @@ -1,8 +1,7 @@ - + - - + + diff --git a/www/identify.html b/www/identify.html index 17576b107..cb3ba93b2 100644 --- a/www/identify.html +++ b/www/identify.html @@ -1,51 +1,46 @@ - - + + - - + + ImageMagick: Command-line Tools: Identify - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + - + - + - + - +

@@ -82,18 +69,12 @@ google_ad_height = 90; //--> - +
- + - +

@@ -145,7 +126,7 @@ Magick++

-
+
Install from Source

@@ -171,7 +152,7 @@
Site Map
-
+
Links

@@ -181,43 +162,14 @@

- +

-
- + +

@@ -225,7 +177,7 @@
ImageMagick Identify Command-line Tool
-
[Example Usage • Option Summary]
+
[Example Usage â¢ Option Summary]

The identify program describes the format and characteristics of one or more image files. It also reports if an image is incomplete or corrupt. The information returned includes the image number, the file name, the width and height of the image, whether the image is colormapped or not, the number of colors in the image, the number of bytes in the image, the format of the image (JPEG, PNM, etc.), and finally the number of seconds it took to read and process the image. Many more attributes are available with the verbose option. See Command Line Processing for advice on how to structure your identify command or see below for example usages of the command.
@@ -236,73 +188,73 @@
We list a few examples of the identify command here to illustrate its usefulness and ease of use. To get started, lets identify an image in the JPEG format:
-
$ identify rose.jpg rose.jpg JPEG 640x480 sRGB 87kb 0.050u 0:01
+
$ identify rose.jpg rose.jpg JPEG 640x480 sRGB 87kb 0.050u 0:01

Next, we look at the same image in greater detail:
-
$ identify -verbose rose.jpgImage: rose.jpg
- Format: JPEG (Joint Photographic Experts Group JFIF format)
- Class: DirectClass
- Geometry: 70x46+0+0
- Resolution: 72x72
- Print size: 0.972222x0.638889
- Units: PixelsPerInch
- Type: TrueColor
- Endianess: Undefined
- Colorspace: RGB
- Depth: 8-bit
- Channel depth:
- red: 8-bit
- green: 8-bit
- blue: 8-bit
- Channel statistics:
- red:
- min: 37 (0.145098)
- max: 255 (1)
- mean: 145.58 (0.5709)
- standard deviation: 67.3195 (0.263998)
- green:
- min: 31 (0.121569)
- max: 255 (1)
- mean: 89.2512 (0.350005)
- standard deviation: 52.0488 (0.204113)
- blue:
- min: 17 (0.0666667)
- max: 255 (1)
- mean: 80.4075 (0.315323)
- standard deviation: 54.0052 (0.211785)
- Rendering intent: Undefined
- Interlace: None
- Background color: white
- Border color: rgb(223,223,223)
- Matte color: grey74
- Transparent color: black
- Page geometry: 70x46+0+0
- Dispose: Undefined
- Iterations: 0
- Compression: JPEG
- Quality: 100
- Orientation: Undefined
- Properties:
- date:create: 2008-01-08T11:08:52-05:00
- date:modify: 2005-04-07T12:48:13-04:00
- jpeg:colorspace: 2
- jpeg:sampling-factor: 2x2,1x1,1x1
- signature: dcd00d6303f80f4fa53f991804cb026151c1e851b7a96255e82da87299583ebc
- Artifacts:
- verbose: true
- Tainted: False
- Filesize: 3.97266kb
- Number pixels: 3.14453kb
- Version: ImageMagick 7.0.0-0 2013-06-16 Q16 http://www.imagemagick.org
+
$ identify -verbose rose.jpgImage: rose.jpg

+ Format: JPEG (Joint Photographic Experts Group JFIF format)

+ Class: DirectClass

+ Geometry: 70x46+0+0

+ Resolution: 72x72

+ Print size: 0.972222x0.638889

+ Units: PixelsPerInch

+ Type: TrueColor

+ Endianess: Undefined

+ Colorspace: RGB

+ Depth: 8-bit

+ Channel depth:

+ red: 8-bit

+ green: 8-bit

+ blue: 8-bit

+ Channel statistics:

+ red:

+ min: 37 (0.145098)

+ max: 255 (1)

+ mean: 145.58 (0.5709)

+ standard deviation: 67.3195 (0.263998)

+ green:

+ min: 31 (0.121569)

+ max: 255 (1)

+ mean: 89.2512 (0.350005)

+ standard deviation: 52.0488 (0.204113)

+ blue:

+ min: 17 (0.0666667)

+ max: 255 (1)

+ mean: 80.4075 (0.315323)

+ standard deviation: 54.0052 (0.211785)

+ Rendering intent: Undefined

+ Interlace: None

+ Background color: white

+ Border color: rgb(223,223,223)

+ Matte color: grey74

+ Transparent color: black

+ Page geometry: 70x46+0+0

+ Dispose: Undefined

+ Iterations: 0

+ Compression: JPEG

+ Quality: 100

+ Orientation: Undefined

+ Properties:

+ date:create: 2008-01-08T11:08:52-05:00

+ date:modify: 2005-04-07T12:48:13-04:00

+ jpeg:colorspace: 2

+ jpeg:sampling-factor: 2x2,1x1,1x1

+ signature: dcd00d6303f80f4fa53f991804cb026151c1e851b7a96255e82da87299583ebc

+ Artifacts:

+ verbose: true

+ Tainted: False

+ Filesize: 3.97266kb

+ Number pixels: 3.14453kb

+ Version: ImageMagick 6.8.6-0 2013-06-16 Q16 http://www.imagemagick.org

To get the print size in inches of an image at 72 DPI, use:
-
$ identify -format "%[fx:w/72] by %[fx:h/72] inches" document.png8.5 x 11 inches
+
$ identify -format "%[fx:w/72] by %[fx:h/72] inches" document.png8.5 x 11 inches

The depth and dimensions of a raw image must be specified on the command line:
-
$ identify -depth 8 -size 640x480 image.rawimage.raw RGB 640x480 sRGB 9kb 0.000u 0:01
+
$ identify -depth 8 -size 640x480 image.rawimage.raw RGB 640x480 sRGB 9kb 0.000u 0:01

Here we display the image texture features and the number of unique colors in the image:
-
$ identify -verbose -features 1 -unique image.png
+
$ identify -verbose -features 1 -unique image.png

You can find additional examples of using identify in Examples of ImageMagick Usage.

@@ -526,8 +478,8 @@ transparent, extract, background, or shape the alpha channel - Discourse Server • - Studio • + Discourse Server â¢ + Studio â¢ JqMagick diff --git a/www/import.html b/www/import.html index 33c99123b..d6f90f900 100644 --- a/www/import.html +++ b/www/import.html @@ -1,52 +1,46 @@ - - - + + - - + + ImageMagick: Command-line Tools: Import - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + - + - + - + - +

@@ -83,18 +69,12 @@ google_ad_height = 90; //--> - +
- + - +

@@ -146,7 +126,7 @@ Magick++

-
+
Install from Source

@@ -172,7 +152,7 @@
Site Map
-
+
Links

@@ -182,49 +162,20 @@

- +

-
- + +

ImageMagick Import Command-line Tool
-
[Example Usage • Option Summary]
+
[Example Usage â¢ Option Summary]

Use the import program to capture some or all of an X server screen and save the image to a file. See Command Line Processing for advice on how to structure your import command or see below for example usages of the command.
@@ -235,10 +186,10 @@
We list a few examples of the import command here to illustrate its usefulness and ease of use. To get started, lets import an image in the JPEG format:
-
$ import rose.jpg
+
$ import rose.jpg

To capture the entire X server screen in the Postscript image format:
-
$ import -window root screen.ps
+
$ import -window root screen.ps

You can find additional examples of using import in Graphics from the Command Line. Further discussion is available in More Graphics from the Command Line and Examples of ImageMagick Usage.

@@ -576,8 +527,8 @@ - Discourse Server • - Studio • + Discourse Server â¢ + Studio â¢ JqMagick diff --git a/www/index.html b/www/index.html index 073cbcd15..8165d16a0 100644 --- a/www/index.html +++ b/www/index.html @@ -1,51 +1,46 @@ - - + + - - + + ImageMagick: Convert, Edit, Or Compose Bitmap Images - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + - + - + - + - +

@@ -82,18 +69,12 @@ google_ad_height = 90; //--> - +
- + - +

@@ -145,7 +126,7 @@ Magick++

-
+
Install from Source

@@ -171,7 +152,7 @@
Site Map
-
+
Links

@@ -181,53 +162,24 @@

- +

-
- + +

Convert, Edit, and Compose Images
-
[Features and Capabilities • ImageMagick News • Books About ImageMagick • User Community]
+
[Features and Capabilities â¢ ImageMagick News â¢ Books About ImageMagick â¢ User Community]

-
ImageMagick^® is a software suite to create, edit, compose, or convert bitmap images. It can read and write images in a variety of formats (over 100) including DPX, EXR, GIF, JPEG, JPEG-2000, PDF, PhotoCD, PNG, Postscript, SVG, and TIFF. Use ImageMagick to resize, flip, mirror, rotate, distort, shear and transform images, adjust image colors, apply various special effects, or draw text, lines, polygons, ellipses and BÃ©zier curves.
+
ImageMagick^Â® is a software suite to create, edit, compose, or convert bitmap images. It can read and write images in a variety of formats (over 100) including DPX, EXR, GIF, JPEG, JPEG-2000, PDF, PhotoCD, PNG, Postscript, SVG, and TIFF. Use ImageMagick to resize, flip, mirror, rotate, distort, shear and transform images, adjust image colors, apply various special effects, or draw text, lines, polygons, ellipses and BÃ©zier curves.

The functionality of ImageMagick is typically utilized from the command line or you can use the features from programs written in your favorite language. Choose from these interfaces: G2F (Ada), MagickCore (C), MagickWand (C), ChMagick (Ch), ImageMagickObject (COM+), Magick++ (C++), JMagick (Java), L-Magick (Lisp), Lua, NMagick (Neko/haXe), MagickNet (.NET), PascalMagick (Pascal), PerlMagick (Perl), MagickWand for PHP (PHP), IMagick (PHP), PythonMagick (Python), RMagick (Ruby), or TclMagick (Tcl/TK). With a language interface, use ImageMagick to modify or create images dynamically and automagically.
@@ -235,7 +187,7 @@
The ImageMagick development process ensures a stable API and ABI. Before each ImageMagick release, we perform a comprehensive security assessment that includes memory error and thread data race detection to prevent security vulnerabilities.
-
The current release is ImageMagick 7.0.0-0 available from http://www.imagemagick.org/download. It runs on Linux, Windows, Mac Os X, iOS, Android OS, and others.
+
The current release is ImageMagick 6.8.6-0 available from http://www.imagemagick.org/download. It runs on Linux, Windows, Mac Os X, iOS, Android OS, and others.

The official ImageMagick web site is http://www.imagemagick.org.

@@ -287,9 +239,9 @@
Books About ImageMagick

-
An open source project backed by years of continual development, ImageMagick supports about 100 image formats and can perform impressive operations such as creating images from scratch; changing colors; stretching, rotating, and overlaying images; and overlaying text on images. Whether you use ImageMagick to manage the family photos or to embark on a job involving millions of images, this book provides you with the knowledge to manage your images with ease.

The Definitive Guide to ImageMagick explains all of these capabilities and more in a practical, learn-by-example fashion. You'll get comfortable using ImageMagick for any image-processing task. Through the book's coverage of the ImageMagick interfaces for C, Perl, PHP, and Ruby, you'll learn how to incorporate ImageMagick features into a variety of applications.

+
An open source project backed by years of continual development, ImageMagick supports about 100 image formats and can perform impressive operations such as creating images from scratch; changing colors; stretching, rotating, and overlaying images; and overlaying text on images. Whether you use ImageMagick to manage the family photos or to embark on a job involving millions of images, this book provides you with the knowledge to manage your images with ease.

The Definitive Guide to ImageMagick explains all of these capabilities and more in a practical, learn-by-example fashion. You'll get comfortable using ImageMagick for any image-processing task. Through the book's coverage of the ImageMagick interfaces for C, Perl, PHP, and Ruby, you'll learn how to incorporate ImageMagick features into a variety of applications.

-
ImageMagick Tricks by Sohail Salehi: This fast-paced and practical tutorial is packed with examples of photo manipulations, logo creation, animations, and complete web projects. With this book up your sleeve, you'll be creating spellbinding images from code in no time. The publisher, Packt, is donating a percentage of every book sold to the ImageMagick project.

+
ImageMagick Tricks by Sohail Salehi: This fast-paced and practical tutorial is packed with examples of photo manipulations, logo creation, animations, and complete web projects. With this book up your sleeve, you'll be creating spellbinding images from code in no time. The publisher, Packt, is donating a percentage of every book sold to the ImageMagick project.

User Community
@@ -303,8 +255,8 @@ - Discourse Server • - Studio • + Discourse Server â¢ + Studio â¢ JqMagick diff --git a/www/install-source.html b/www/install-source.html index 3ec6863b3..c8cb8ff59 100644 --- a/www/install-source.html +++ b/www/install-source.html @@ -1,51 +1,46 @@ - - + + - - + + ImageMagick: Install from Source - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + - + - + - + - +

@@ -82,18 +69,12 @@ google_ad_height = 90; //--> - +
- + - +

@@ -145,7 +126,7 @@ Magick++

-
+
Install from Source

@@ -171,7 +152,7 @@
Site Map
-
+
Links

@@ -181,56 +162,27 @@

- +

-
- + +

Install ImageMagick from Source
-
[Install from Unix Source • Install from Windows Source]
+
[Install from Unix Source â¢ Install from Windows Source]

Chances are, ImageMagick is already installed on your computer if you are using some flavor of Unix, but that it is not installed if you are using some form of Windows. In either case, you can type the following to find out.
-
$ identify -version
+
$ identify -version

If the identify program executes and identifies itself as ImageMagick, you may not need to install ImageMagick from source unless you want to add support for additional image formats or upgrade to a newer version. You also have the option of installing a pre-compiled binary release. However, if you still want to install from source, choose a platform, Unix or Windows. Before installing from source, you may want to review recent changes to the ImageMagick distribution.

@@ -241,22 +193,22 @@
Unpack the distribution with this command:
-
$ tar xvfz ImageMagick.tar.gz
+
$ tar xvfz ImageMagick.tar.gz

Next configure and compile ImageMagick:
-
$ cd ImageMagick-7.0.0 $ ./configure $ make
+
$ cd ImageMagick-6.8.6 $ ./configure $ make

If ImageMagick configured and compiled without complaint, you are ready to install it on your system. Administrator privileges are required to install. To install, type
-
$ sudo make install
+
$ sudo make install

You may need to configure the dynamic linker run-time bindings:
-
$ sudo ldconfig /usr/local/lib
+
$ sudo ldconfig /usr/local/lib

Finally, verify the ImageMagick install worked properly, type
-
$ /usr/local/bin/convert logo: logo.gif
+
$ /usr/local/bin/convert logo: logo.gif

For a more comprehensive test, run the ImageMagick validation suite. Ghostscript is a prerequisite, otherwise the EPS, PS, and PDF tests will fail.
-
$ make check
+
$ make check

Congratulations, you have a working ImageMagick distribution and you are ready to use ImageMagick to convert, compose, or edit your images or perhaps you'll want to use one of the Application Program Interfaces for C, C++, Perl, and others.

The above instructions will satisfy a great number of ImageMagick users, but we suspect a few will have additional questions or problems to consider. For example, what does one do if ImageMagick fails to configure or compile? Or what if you don't have administrator privileges and what if you don't want to install ImageMagick in the default /../usr/local folder? You will find the answer to these questions, and more, in Advanced Unix Source Installation.
@@ -272,23 +224,23 @@
You can unpack the distribution with WinZip or type the following from any MS-DOS Command Prompt window:
-
$ unzip ImageMagick-windows.zip
-
Next, launch your Visual Studio IDE and choose Open->Project. Select the configure workspace from the ImageMagick-7.0.0/VisualMagick/configure folder and press Open. Choose Build->Build Solution +
$ unzip ImageMagick-windows.zip
+
Next, launch your Visual Studio IDE and choose Open->Project. Select the configure workspace from the ImageMagick-6.8.6/VisualMagick/configure folder and press Open. Choose Build->Build Solution to compile the program and on completion run the program.
-
+
-
Press Next and click on the multi-threaded static build. If you are using the Visual Studio 6.0 IDE, make sure no check is next to the Generate Visual Studio 7 format option. Now press, on Next twice and finally Finish. The configuration utility just created a workspace required to build ImageMagick from source. Choose Open->Project and select the VisualStaticMT workspace from the ImageMagick-7.0.0/VisualMagick/ folder. Finally, choose Build->Build Solution to compile and build the ImageMagick distribution.
+
Press Next and click on the multi-threaded static build. If you are using the Visual Studio 6.0 IDE, make sure no check is next to the Generate Visual Studio 7 format option. Now press, on Next twice and finally Finish. The configuration utility just created a workspace required to build ImageMagick from source. Choose Open->Project and select the VisualStaticMT workspace from the ImageMagick-6.8.6/VisualMagick/ folder. Finally, choose Build->Build Solution to compile and build the ImageMagick distribution.

To verify ImageMagick is working properly, launch a MS-DOS Command Prompt window and type
-
$ cd ImageMagick-7.0.0 $ convert logo: image.jpg
+
$ cd ImageMagick-6.8.6 $ convert logo: image.jpg

For a more comprehensive test, run the ImageMagick validation suite:
-
$ validate
+
$ validate

Congratulations, you have a working ImageMagick distribution under Windows and you are ready to use ImageMagick to convert, compose, or edit your images or perhaps you'll want to use one of the Application Program Interfaces for C, C++, Perl, and others.
-
The above instructions will satisfy a great number of ImageMagick users, but we suspect a few will have additional questions or problems to consider. For example, what does one do if ImageMagick fails to configure or compile? Or what if you want to install ImageMagick in a place other than the ImageMagick-7.0.0/VisualMagick/bin folder? Or perhaps you want to build and install the ImageMagickObject COM+ component. You will find the answer to these questions, and more, in Advanced Windows Source Installation.
+
The above instructions will satisfy a great number of ImageMagick users, but we suspect a few will have additional questions or problems to consider. For example, what does one do if ImageMagick fails to configure or compile? Or what if you want to install ImageMagick in a place other than the ImageMagick-6.8.6/VisualMagick/bin folder? Or perhaps you want to build and install the ImageMagickObject COM+ component. You will find the answer to these questions, and more, in Advanced Windows Source Installation.

@@ -298,8 +250,8 @@ to compile the program and on completion run the program.
- Discourse Server • - Studio • + Discourse Server â¢ + Studio â¢ JqMagick diff --git a/www/jp2.html b/www/jp2.html index 34420900b..4efd3df48 100644 --- a/www/jp2.html +++ b/www/jp2.html @@ -1,52 +1,46 @@ - - - + + - - + + ImageMagick: JP2 Encoding Options - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + - + - + - + - +

@@ -83,18 +69,12 @@ google_ad_height = 90; //--> - +
- + - +

@@ -146,7 +126,7 @@ Magick++

-
+
Install from Source

@@ -172,7 +152,7 @@
Site Map
-
+
Links

@@ -182,43 +162,14 @@

- +

-
- + +

@@ -237,24 +188,24 @@
Use this command:
-
$ convert wizard.png -define jp2:cblkwidth=64 -define jp2:cblkheight=32 \
+
$ convert wizard.png -define jp2:cblkwidth=64 -define jp2:cblkheight=32 \

-define jp2:nomct -define jp2:numrlvls=4 -define jp2:rate=0.015625 wizard.jpc

Here we convert a giga-byte TIFF image to JPEG-2000 with a reduced memory footprint:
-
$ convert frame-00038.tif -define jp2:tilewidth=256 -define jp2:tileheight=256 frame-00038.jp2
+
$ convert frame-00038.tif -define jp2:tilewidth=256 -define jp2:tileheight=256 frame-00038.jp2

Here is a lossy example using the full gamut of JP2 options:
-
$ convert input.tif -define numrlvls=7 -define jp2:tilewidth=1024 --define jp2:tileheight=1024 \
-define jp2:rate=0.02348 -define -jp2:prg=rpcl -define jp2:mode=int -define jp2:prcwidth=16383 \
-define +
$ convert input.tif -define numrlvls=7 -define jp2:tilewidth=1024 +-define jp2:tileheight=1024 \

-define jp2:rate=0.02348 -define +jp2:prg=rpcl -define jp2:mode=int -define jp2:prcwidth=16383 \

-define jp2:prcheight=16383 -define jp2:cblkwidth=64 -define jp2:cblkheight=64 -define jp2:sop output.jp2

Here is the same example with lossless encoding:
-
$ convert input.tif -define jp2:numrlvls=6 -define jp2:tilewidth=1024 --define jp2:tileheight=1024 \
-define jp2:rate=1.0 -define jp2:lazy --define jp2:prg=rlcp -define jp2:ilyrrates=\
'0.015625,0.01858,0.0221,0.025,0.03125,0.03716,0.04419,0.05,0.0625, +
$ convert input.tif -define jp2:numrlvls=6 -define jp2:tilewidth=1024 +-define jp2:tileheight=1024 \

-define jp2:rate=1.0 -define jp2:lazy +-define jp2:prg=rlcp -define jp2:ilyrrates=\

'0.015625,0.01858,0.0221,0.025,0.03125,0.03716,0.04419,0.05,0.0625, 0.075,0.088,0.1,0.125,0.15,0.18,0.21,0.25,0.3,0.35,0.4,0.5,0.6,0.7,0.84' -\
-define jp2:mode=int output.jp2
+\

-define jp2:mode=int output.jp2

Here is a complete list of JPEG-2000 encoding options:

@@ -349,8 +300,8 @@ jp2:prcheight=16383 -define jp2:cblkwidth=64 -define jp2:cblkheight=64 - Discourse Server • - Studio • + Discourse Server â¢ + Studio â¢ JqMagick diff --git a/www/license.html b/www/license.html index 54da5cfa8..a5ed2ee88 100644 --- a/www/license.html +++ b/www/license.html @@ -1,51 +1,46 @@ - - + + - - + + ImageMagick: License - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + - + - + - + - +

@@ -82,18 +69,12 @@ google_ad_height = 90; //--> - +
- + - +

@@ -145,7 +126,7 @@ Magick++

-
+
Install from Source

@@ -171,7 +152,7 @@
Site Map
-
+
Links

@@ -181,49 +162,20 @@

- +

-
- + +

ImageMagick License
-
[Terms and Conditions for Use, Reproduction, and Distribution • How to Apply the License to your Work]
+
[Terms and Conditions for Use, Reproduction, and Distribution â¢ How to Apply the License to your Work]

Before we get to the text of the license, lets just review what the license says in simple terms:
@@ -362,8 +314,8 @@ - Discourse Server • - Studio • + Discourse Server â¢ + Studio â¢ JqMagick diff --git a/www/links.html b/www/links.html index 1bf962d1a..9dc11ebef 100644 --- a/www/links.html +++ b/www/links.html @@ -1,51 +1,46 @@ - - + + - - + + ImageMagick: Links - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + - + - + - + - +

@@ -82,18 +69,12 @@ google_ad_height = 90; //--> - +
- + - +

@@ -145,7 +126,7 @@ Magick++

-
+
Install from Source

@@ -171,7 +152,7 @@
Site Map
-
+
Links

@@ -181,49 +162,20 @@

- +

-
- + +

ImageMagick Links
-
[Command-line Tutorials • Program Interface Tutorials • ImageMagick Techniques • Installation Tutorials • ImageMagick Topics • ImageMagick Book Review • Web Site Mirrors • Image Bank • Projects that Utilize ImageMagick • Other Projects]
+
[Command-line Tutorials â¢ Program Interface Tutorials â¢ ImageMagick Techniques â¢ Installation Tutorials â¢ ImageMagick Topics â¢ ImageMagick Book Review â¢ Web Site Mirrors â¢ Image Bank â¢ Projects that Utilize ImageMagick â¢ Other Projects]

@@ -336,8 +288,8 @@ - Discourse Server • - Studio • + Discourse Server â¢ + Studio â¢ JqMagick diff --git a/www/magick++.html b/www/magick++.html index 4bbd0cc19..6675cb313 100644 --- a/www/magick++.html +++ b/www/magick++.html @@ -1,52 +1,46 @@ - - - + + - - + + ImageMagick: Magick++, C++ API for ImageMagick - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + - + - + - + - +

@@ -83,18 +69,12 @@ google_ad_height = 90; //--> - +
- + - +

@@ -146,7 +126,7 @@ Magick++

-
+
Install from Source

@@ -172,7 +152,7 @@
Site Map
-
+
Links

@@ -182,49 +162,20 @@

- +

-
- + +

Magick++ C++ API
-
[Introduction to Magick++ • Documentation • Obtaining Magick++ • Installation • Reporting Bugs]
+
[Introduction to Magick++ â¢ Documentation â¢ Obtaining Magick++ â¢ Installation â¢ Reporting Bugs]

Magick++ API is the object-oriented C++ API to the ImageMagick image-processing library.
@@ -253,7 +204,7 @@ performed on multiple images stored in STL containers.
Detailed documentation is provided for all Magick++ classes, class methods, and template -functions which comprise the API. See a Gentle Introduction to Magick++ for an introductory tutorial to Magick++. We include the source if you want to correct, enhance, or expand the tutorial.
+functions which comprise the API. See a Gentle Introduction to Magick++ for an introductory tutorial to Magick++. We include the source if you want to correct, enhance, or expand the tutorial.

Obtaining Magick++
@@ -312,8 +263,8 @@ of installing ImageMagick in a known location. - Discourse Server • - Studio • + Discourse Server â¢ + Studio â¢ JqMagick diff --git a/www/magick-core.html b/www/magick-core.html index 92701dab0..8bf00a201 100644 --- a/www/magick-core.html +++ b/www/magick-core.html @@ -1,52 +1,46 @@ - - - + + - - + + ImageMagick: MagickCore, Low-level C API for ImageMagick - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + - + - + - + - +

@@ -83,18 +69,12 @@ google_ad_height = 90; //--> - +
- + - +

@@ -146,7 +126,7 @@ Magick++

-
+
Install from Source

@@ -172,7 +152,7 @@
Site Map
-
+
Links

@@ -182,43 +162,14 @@

- +

-
- + +

@@ -284,17 +235,17 @@
After you write your MagickCore program, compile it like this:
-
$ cc -o core `pkg-config --cflags --libs MagickCore` core.c
+
$ cc -o core `pkg-config --cflags --libs MagickCore` core.c

Set the PKG_CONFIG_PATH environment variable if ImageMagick is not in your default system path:
-
$ export PKG_CONFIG_PATH=/usr/local/lib/pkgconfig
+
$ export PKG_CONFIG_PATH=/usr/local/lib/pkgconfig

Here is a example program that utilizes the MagickCore API to get you started, core.c. It reads a GIF image, creates a thumbnail, and writes it to disk in the PNG image format.

- #include <stdio.h> - #include <stdlib.h> - #include <string.h> - #include <time.h> - #include <magick/MagickCore.h> + #include <stdio.h> + #include <stdlib.h> + #include <string.h> + #include <time.h> + #include <magick/MagickCore.h> int main(int argc,char **argv) { @@ -357,10 +308,10 @@
Now lets perform the same contrast enhancement while taking advantage of our dual or quad-core processing system by running the algorithm in parallel utilizing wand views. The sigmoidal-contrast.c module reads an image, applies sigmoidal non-linearity contrast control, and writes the result to disk just like the previous contrast enhancement program, but now it does its work in parallel (assumes ImageMagick is built with OpenMP support).

-#include <stdio.h> -#include <stdlib.h> -#include <math.h> -#include <magick/MagickCore.h> +#include <stdio.h> +#include <stdlib.h> +#include <math.h> +#include <magick/MagickCore.h> static MagickBooleanType SigmoidalContrast(ImageView *contrast_view, const ssize_t y,const int id,void *context) @@ -447,7 +398,7 @@ int main(int argc,char **argv) */ MagickCoreGenesis(*argv,MagickTrue); image_info=AcquireImageInfo(); - (void) CopyMagickString(image_info->filename,argv[1],MaxTextExtent); + (void) CopyMagickString(image_info->filename,argv[1],MaxTextExtent); exception=AcquireExceptionInfo(); contrast_image=ReadImage(image_info,exception); if (contrast_image == (Image *) NULL) @@ -483,8 +434,8 @@ int main(int argc,char **argv) - Discourse Server • - Studio • + Discourse Server â¢ + Studio â¢ JqMagick diff --git a/www/magick-vector-graphics.html b/www/magick-vector-graphics.html index 58e7b27b5..52c6ceac4 100644 --- a/www/magick-vector-graphics.html +++ b/www/magick-vector-graphics.html @@ -1,51 +1,46 @@ - - + + - - + + ImageMagick: Magick Vector Graphics - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + - + - + - + - +

@@ -82,18 +69,12 @@ google_ad_height = 90; //--> - +
- + - +

@@ -145,7 +126,7 @@ Magick++

-
+
Install from Source

@@ -171,7 +152,7 @@
Site Map
-
+
Links

@@ -181,64 +162,35 @@

- +

-
- + +

ImageMagick Magick Vector Graphics
-
[Introduction to Vector Graphics • MVG Overview • Drawing Primitives]
+
[Introduction to Vector Graphics â¢ MVG Overview â¢ Drawing Primitives]

This specification defines the features and syntax for Magick Vector Graphics (MVG), a modularized language for describing two-dimensional vector and mixed vector/raster graphics in ImageMagick. You can use the language to draw from the -command line, from an MVG file, from an SVG -- Scalable Vector Graphics file or from one of the ImageMagick program interfaces. Use this command, for example, to render an arc:
+command line, from an MVG file, from an SVG -- Scalable Vector Graphics file or from one of the ImageMagick program interfaces. Use this command, for example, to render an arc:
-
$ convert -size 100x60 canvas:skyblue -fill white -stroke black \
- -draw "path 'M 30,40 A 30,20 20 0,0 70,20 A 30,20 20 1,0 30,40 Z '" \
+
$ convert -size 100x60 canvas:skyblue -fill white -stroke black \

+ -draw "path 'M 30,40 A 30,20 20 0,0 70,20 A 30,20 20 1,0 30,40 Z '" \

arc.png

and here is the result:

- +

When the drawing gets sufficiently complex, we recommend you assemble the graphic primitives into a MVG file. For our example, we use piechart.mvg:
@@ -398,16 +350,16 @@ command line, from an MVG file, from an SVG
to render a pie chart with this command:
-
$ convert piechart.mvg piechart.png
+
$ convert piechart.mvg piechart.png

which produces this rendering:

- +

However, in general, MVG is sufficiently difficult to work with that you probably want to use a program to generate your graphics in the SVG format. ImageMagick automagically converts SVG to MVG and renders your image, for example, we render piechart.svg with this command:
-
$ convert piechart.svg piechart.jpg
+
$ convert piechart.svg piechart.jpg

to produce the same pie chart we created with the MVG language.
@@ -560,7 +512,7 @@ command line, from an MVG file, from an SVG
Choose from these rule types:
- evenodd
+ evenodd

nonzero

@@ -570,9 +522,9 @@ command line, from an MVG file, from an SVG
Choose from these unit types:
- userSpace
- userSpaceOnUse
- objectBoundingBox
+ userSpace

+ userSpaceOnUse

+ objectBoundingBox

@@ -1042,11 +994,11 @@ command line, from an MVG file, from an SVG
-
stroke-antialias 0 • 1
+
stroke-antialias 0 â¢ 1

-
stroke-dasharray none • numeric-list
+
stroke-dasharray none â¢ numeric-list

@@ -1096,7 +1048,7 @@ command line, from an MVG file, from an SVG
-
text-antialias 0 • 1
+
text-antialias 0 â¢ 1

@@ -1124,8 +1076,8 @@ command line, from an MVG file, from an SVG - Discourse Server • - Studio • + Discourse Server â¢ + Studio â¢ JqMagick diff --git a/www/magick-wand.html b/www/magick-wand.html index ad4282dd3..d60001b52 100644 --- a/www/magick-wand.html +++ b/www/magick-wand.html @@ -1,52 +1,46 @@ - - - + + - - + + ImageMagick: MagickWand, C API for ImageMagick - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + - + - + - + - +

@@ -83,18 +69,12 @@ google_ad_height = 90; //--> - +
- + - +

@@ -146,7 +126,7 @@ Magick++

-
+
Install from Source

@@ -172,7 +152,7 @@
Site Map
-
+
Links

@@ -182,43 +162,14 @@

- +

-
- + +

@@ -243,15 +194,15 @@
After you write your MagickWand program, compile it like this:
-
$ cc -o wand `pkg-config --cflags --libs MagickWand` wand.c
+
$ cc -o wand `pkg-config --cflags --libs MagickWand` wand.c

Set the PKG_CONFIG_PATH environment variable if ImageMagick is not in your default system path:
-
$ export PKG_CONFIG_PATH=/usr/local/lib/pkgconfig
+
$ export PKG_CONFIG_PATH=/usr/local/lib/pkgconfig

Here is a example program that utilizes the MagickWand API to get you started, wand.c. It reads an image, creates a thumbnail, and writes the result to disk.

-#include <stdio.h> -#include <stdlib.h> -#include <wand/MagickWand.h> +#include <stdio.h> +#include <stdlib.h> +#include <wand/MagickWand.h> int main(int argc,char **argv) { @@ -309,10 +260,10 @@ int main(int argc,char **argv)
Here is another program that shows one way to get and set image pixels with the MagickWand API, contrast.c. It reads an image, applies sigmoidal non-linearity contrast control, and writes the result to disk.

-#include <stdio.h> -#include <stdlib.h> -#include <math.h> -#include <wand/MagickWand.h> +#include <stdio.h> +#include <stdlib.h> +#include <math.h> +#include <wand/MagickWand.h> int main(int argc,char **argv) { @@ -419,10 +370,10 @@ int main(int argc,char **argv)
Now lets perform the same contrast enhancement while taking advantage of our dual or quad-core processing system by running the algorithm in parallel utilizing wand views. The sigmoidal-contrast.c module reads an image, applies sigmoidal non-linearity contrast control, and writes the result to disk just like the previous contrast enhancement program, but now it does its work in parallel (assumes ImageMagick is built with OpenMP support).

-#include <stdio.h> -#include <stdlib.h> -#include <math.h> -#include <wand/MagickWand.h> +#include <stdio.h> +#include <stdlib.h> +#include <math.h> +#include <wand/MagickWand.h> static MagickBooleanType SigmoidalContrast(WandView *pixel_view, const ssize_t y,const int id,void *context) @@ -535,8 +486,8 @@ int main(int argc,char **argv) - Discourse Server • - Studio • + Discourse Server â¢ + Studio â¢ JqMagick diff --git a/www/miff.html b/www/miff.html index cdcc32b3c..105bb2b41 100644 --- a/www/miff.html +++ b/www/miff.html @@ -1,51 +1,46 @@ - - + + - - + + ImageMagick: Magick Image File Format - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + - + - + - + - +

@@ -82,18 +69,12 @@ google_ad_height = 90; //--> - +
- + - +

@@ -145,7 +126,7 @@ Magick++

-
+
Install from Source

@@ -171,7 +152,7 @@
Site Map
-
+
Links

@@ -181,49 +162,20 @@

- +

-
- + +

ImageMagick Magick Image File Format
-
[MIFF Header • MIFF Binary Data]
+
[MIFF Header â¢ MIFF Binary Data]

The Magick Image File Format (MIFF) is ImageMagick's own platform-independent format for storing bitmap images. It has an advantage over other image formats in that it stores all metadata known to ImageMagick (e.g. image color profiles, comments, author, copyright, etc.), whereas, other formats may only support a small portion of available metadata or none at all. A MIFF image file consist of two sections. The first section is a header composed of keys describing the image in text form. The next section is the binary image data. We discuss these sections in detail below.
@@ -343,7 +295,7 @@ compression=RLE colorspace=RGB copyright={Copyright (c) 1999-2013 ImageMagick Studio LLC} - ⋮ + â®

Note that key = value combinations may be separated by newlines or spaces and may occur in any order within the header. Comments (within braces) may appear anywhere before the colon.
@@ -378,8 +330,8 @@ or fewer colors in the image, each byte of image data contains an index value. I - Discourse Server • - Studio • + Discourse Server â¢ + Studio â¢ JqMagick diff --git a/www/mirrors.html b/www/mirrors.html index 924dede06..4a2a0a936 100644 --- a/www/mirrors.html +++ b/www/mirrors.html @@ -1,8 +1,7 @@ - + - - + + diff --git a/www/mogrify.html b/www/mogrify.html index 794e54821..b5d16a2fc 100644 --- a/www/mogrify.html +++ b/www/mogrify.html @@ -1,52 +1,46 @@ - - - + + - - + + ImageMagick: Command-line Tools: Mogrify - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + - + - + - + - +

@@ -83,18 +69,12 @@ google_ad_height = 90; //--> - +
- + - +

@@ -146,7 +126,7 @@ Magick++

-
+
Install from Source

@@ -172,7 +152,7 @@
Site Map
-
+
Links

@@ -182,49 +162,20 @@

- +

-
- + +

ImageMagick Mogrify Command-line Tool
-
[Example Usage • Option Summary]
+
[Example Usage â¢ Option Summary]

Use the mogrify program to resize an image, blur, crop, despeckle, dither, draw on, flip, join, re-sample, and much more. This tool is similiar to convert except that the original image file is overwritten (unless you change the file suffix with the -format option) with any changes you request. See Command Line Processing for advice on how to structure your mogrify command or see below for sample usages of the command.
@@ -236,23 +187,23 @@
We list a few examples of the mogrify command here to illustrate its usefulness and ease of use. To get started, let's reduce the size of our rose:
-
$ mogrify -resize 50% rose.jpg
+
$ mogrify -resize 50% rose.jpg

- + - + - +

You can resize all your JPEG images in a folder to a maximum dimension of 256x256 with this command:
-
$ mogrify -resize 256x256 *.jpg
+
$ mogrify -resize 256x256 *.jpg

Finally, we convert all our PNG images in a folder to the JPEG format:
-
$ mogrify -format jpg *.png
+
$ mogrify -format jpg *.png

Here image files 1.png, 2.png, etc., are left untouched and files 1.jpg, 2.jpg, etc., are created. They are copies of their respective PNG images except are stored in the JPEG image format.
@@ -1399,8 +1350,8 @@ transparent, extract, background, or shape the alpha channel - Discourse Server • - Studio • + Discourse Server â¢ + Studio â¢ JqMagick diff --git a/www/montage.html b/www/montage.html index bb20c487c..2f1110984 100644 --- a/www/montage.html +++ b/www/montage.html @@ -32,7 +32,7 @@ - + diff --git a/www/motion-picture.html b/www/motion-picture.html index 1c0672283..0f0783e42 100644 --- a/www/motion-picture.html +++ b/www/motion-picture.html @@ -1,52 +1,46 @@ - - - + + - - + + ImageMagick: Motion Picture Digital Images - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + - + - + - + - +

@@ -83,18 +69,12 @@ google_ad_height = 90; //--> - +
- + - +

@@ -146,7 +126,7 @@ Magick++

-
+
Install from Source

@@ -172,7 +152,7 @@
Site Map
-
+
Links

@@ -182,49 +162,20 @@

- +

-
- + +

ImageMagick Motion Picture Formats
-
[Introduction to Motion Picture Formats • Log Format • DPX properties • DPX Settings]
+
[Introduction to Motion Picture Formats â¢ Log Format â¢ DPX properties â¢ DPX Settings]

Introduction to Motion Picture Formats

@@ -249,8 +200,8 @@
The color values for each pixel are often stored logarithmically (particularly if the sequence is destined to be transferred back on to film) which more naturally reflects the density of how color information is stored in the emulsion on the original film. When viewed without alteration logarithmic files appear to have very low contrast (leftmost image), and so require a 'look up table' to translate the logarithmic image to something that resembles what you might see if the image was transferred back to film and projected in a cinema (rightmost image). Apart from making the image linear (like most typical computer images) and adjusting the gamma level this table sets where the black and white point lies.

- - + +

For a 10 bit logarithmic image where each color component value ranges from 0 to 1023 the black and white points are normally set at 95 for black and 685 for white. What this means is that the logarithmic file stores color values that are lighter than what the linear version will display as pure white and darker than what it will display as pure black. This extra information therefore remains available for an effects artists who might wish to alter the brightness of the image after it has been stored as a DPX file.
@@ -258,8 +209,8 @@
As an example, had this information been lost, reducing the brightness of a linear image uniformly would result in highlights becoming darker (leftmost image), whereas with this extra information the highlights instead reduce in size and start showing details that were previously too bright to be seen (rightmost image). The latter is far closer to what happens in the real world.

- - + +

@@ -320,13 +271,13 @@
To determine which properties are associated with your DPX image, use this command for example:
-
$ identify -verbose bluebells.dpx
+
$ identify -verbose bluebells.dpx

To identify a particular property, try this:
-
$ identify -format "%[dpx:television.time.code]" bluebells.dpx
+
$ identify -format "%[dpx:television.time.code]" bluebells.dpx

Finally, to set a property:
-
$ convert bluebells.dpx -define dpx:television.time.code=10:00:02:15 bluebells-001.dpx
+
$ convert bluebells.dpx -define dpx:television.time.code=10:00:02:15 bluebells-001.dpx

DPX Settings
@@ -356,8 +307,8 @@ - Discourse Server • - Studio • + Discourse Server â¢ + Studio â¢ JqMagick diff --git a/www/perl-magick.html b/www/perl-magick.html index bfd8dbb68..37b9d8585 100644 --- a/www/perl-magick.html +++ b/www/perl-magick.html @@ -1,51 +1,46 @@ - - + + - - + + ImageMagick: PerlMagick, Perl API for ImageMagick - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + - + - + - + - +

@@ -82,18 +69,12 @@ google_ad_height = 90; //--> - +
- + - +

@@ -145,7 +126,7 @@ Magick++

-
+
Install from Source

@@ -171,7 +152,7 @@
Site Map
-
+
Links

@@ -181,50 +162,21 @@

- +

-
- + +

PerlMagick API
-
[Installation • Overview • Example Script • Read or Write an Image • Manipulate an Image • Set an Image Attribute • Get an Image Attribute • Compare an Image to its Reconstruction • Create an Image Montage • Working with Blobs • Direct-access to Image Pixels • Miscellaneous Methods • Handling Exceptions• Constant ]
+
[Installation â¢ Overview â¢ Example Script â¢ Read or Write an Image â¢ Manipulate an Image â¢ Set an Image Attribute â¢ Get an Image Attribute â¢ Compare an Image to its Reconstruction â¢ Create an Image Montage â¢ Working with Blobs â¢ Direct-access to Image Pixels â¢ Miscellaneous Methods â¢ Handling Exceptionsâ¢ Constant ]

@@ -250,19 +202,19 @@ yum install ImageMagick-perl
Unpack the distribution with this command:
-
$ tar xvfz ImageMagick.tar.gz
+
$ tar xvfz ImageMagick.tar.gz

Next configure and compile ImageMagick:
-
$ cd ImageMagick-7.0.0 $ ./configure -with-perl $ make
+
$ cd ImageMagick-6.8.6 $ ./configure -with-perl $ make

If ImageMagick / PerlMagick configured and compiled without complaint, you are ready to install it on your system. Administrator privileges are required to install. To install, type
-
$ sudo make install
+
$ sudo make install

You may need to configure the dynamic linker run-time bindings:
-
$ sudo ldconfig /usr/local/lib
+
$ sudo ldconfig /usr/local/lib

Finally, verify the PerlMagick install worked properly, type
-
$ perl -e "use Image::Magick; print Image::Magick->QuantumDepth"
+
$ perl -e "use Image::Magick; print Image::Magick->QuantumDepth"

Congratulations, you have a working ImageMagick distribution and you are ready to use PerlMagick to convert, compose, or edit your images.

Windows XP / Windows 2000
@@ -271,17 +223,17 @@ yum install ImageMagick-perl
Next, type
-
$ cd PerlMagick $ perl Makefile.nt $ nmake $ nmake install
+
$ cd PerlMagick $ perl Makefile.nt $ nmake $ nmake install

See the PerlMagick Windows HowTo page for further installation instructions.

Running the Regression Tests

To verify a correct installation, type
-
$ make test
+
$ make test

Use nmake test under Windows. There are a few demonstration scripts available to exercise many of the functions PerlMagick can perform. Type
-
$ cd demo $ make
+
$ cd demo $ make

You are now ready to utilize the PerlMagick methods from within your Perl scripts.

@@ -335,7 +287,7 @@ yum install ImageMagick-perl
Some of the PerlMagick methods require external programs such as Ghostscript. This may require an explicit path in your PATH environment variable to work properly. For example (in Unix),
-
$ $ENV{PATH}='/../bin:/usr/bin:/usr/local/bin';
+
$ $ENV{PATH}='/../bin:/usr/bin:/usr/local/bin';

Example Script

@@ -344,13 +296,13 @@ yum install ImageMagick-perl
#!/usr/local/bin/perl - use Image::Magick;
- my($image, $x);
+ use Image::Magick;

+ my($image, $x);

$image = Image::Magick->new; $x = $image->Read('girl.png', 'logo.png', 'rose.png'); - warn "$x" if "$x";
+ warn "$x" if "$x";

$x = $image->Crop(geometry=>'100x100+100+100'); - warn "$x" if "$x";
+ warn "$x" if "$x";

$x = $image->Write('x.png'); warn "$x" if "$x";
@@ -359,8 +311,8 @@ yum install ImageMagick-perl
#!/usr/local/bin/perl - use Image::Magick;
- my($image, $p, $q);
+ use Image::Magick;

+ my($image, $p, $q);

$image = new Image::Magick; $image->Read('x1.png'); $image->Read('j*.jpg'); @@ -418,7 +370,7 @@ yum install ImageMagick-perl
Other clever things you can do with a PerlMagick objects include
-
+
$i = $#$p"+1"; # return the number of images associated with object p push(@$q, @$p); # push the images from object p onto object q @$p = (); # delete the images but not the object p @@ -504,7 +456,7 @@ yum install ImageMagick-perl
$filename = "image.png"; - open(IMAGE, ">$filename"); + open(IMAGE, ">$filename"); $image->Write(file=>\*IMAGE, filename=>$filename); close(IMAGE);
@@ -606,7 +558,7 @@ yum install ImageMagick-perl AutoOrient -
+

adjusts an image so that its orientation is suitable for viewing (i.e. top-left orientation) @@ -672,7 +624,7 @@ yum install ImageMagick-perl Coalesce -
+

merge a sequence of images @@ -756,7 +708,7 @@ yum install ImageMagick-perl Deconstruct -
+

break down an image sequence into constituent parts @@ -810,13 +762,13 @@ yum install ImageMagick-perl Enhance -
+

apply a digital filter to enhance a noisy image Equalize - channel=>{All, Default, Alpha, Black, Blue, CMYK, Cyan, Gray, Green, Index, Magenta, Opacity, Red, RGB, Yellow}
+ channel=>{All, Default, Alpha, Black, Blue, CMYK, Cyan, Gray, Green, Index, Magenta, Opacity, Red, RGB, Yellow}

perform histogram equalization to the image @@ -840,13 +792,13 @@ yum install ImageMagick-perl Flip -
+

reflect the image scanlines in the vertical direction Flop -
+

reflect the image scanlines in the horizontal direction @@ -966,7 +918,7 @@ yum install ImageMagick-perl Magnify -
+

double the size of the image with pixel art scaling @@ -990,7 +942,7 @@ yum install ImageMagick-perl Minify -
+

half the size of an image @@ -1026,7 +978,7 @@ yum install ImageMagick-perl Normalize - channel=>{All, Default, Alpha, Black, Blue, CMYK, Cyan, Gray, Green, Index, Magenta, Opacity, Red, RGB, Yellow}
+ channel=>{All, Default, Alpha, Black, Blue, CMYK, Cyan, Gray, Green, Index, Magenta, Opacity, Red, RGB, Yellow}

transform image to span the full range of color values @@ -1200,7 +1152,7 @@ fill=>color name, channel=>{All, Default, Signature -
+

generate an SHA-256 message digest for the image pixel stream @@ -1253,7 +1205,7 @@ fill=>color name, channel=>{All, Default, Strip -
+

strip an image of all profiles and comments. @@ -1295,19 +1247,19 @@ fill=>color name, channel=>{All, Default, Transpose -
+

flip image in the vertical direction and rotate 90 degrees Transverse -
+

flop image in the horizontal direction and rotate 270 degrees Trim -
+

remove edges that are the background color from the image @@ -2130,14 +2082,14 @@ can use the integers 1 and 0.

use Image::Magick; - $logo=Image::Magick->New(); - $logo->Read('logo:'); - $sharp=Image::Magick->New(); - $sharp->Read('logo:'); - $sharp->Sharpen('0x1'); - $difference=$logo->Compare(image=>$sharp, metric=>'rmse'); - print $difference->Get('error'), "\n"; - $difference->Display(); + $logo=Image::Magick->New(); + $logo->Read('logo:'); + $sharp=Image::Magick->New(); + $sharp->Read('logo:'); + $sharp->Sharpen('0x1'); + $difference=$logo->Compare(image=>$sharp, metric=>'rmse'); + print $difference->Get('error'), "\n"; + $difference->Display();

In addition to the reported root mean squared error of around 0.024, a difference image is displayed so you can visually identify the difference between the images.
@@ -2202,7 +2154,7 @@ can use the integers 1 and 0.
geometry geometry preferred tile and border size of each tile of the composite -image (e.g. 120x120+4+3>) +image (e.g. 120x120+4+3>) @@ -2414,7 +2366,7 @@ blobs in any of these image formats and provides meth
Finally, the Transform() method accepts a fully-qualified geometry specification for cropping or resizing one or more images. For example,

- $p = $images->Transform(crop=>'100x100+10+60'); + $p = $images->Transform(crop=>'100x100+10+60');

The Flatten() method flattens a set of images and returns it. For example,
@@ -2692,8 +2644,8 @@ blobs in any of these image formats and provides meth - Discourse Server • - Studio • + Discourse Server â¢ + Studio â¢ JqMagick diff --git a/www/porting.html b/www/porting.html index 533850c05..2e5bc5691 100644 --- a/www/porting.html +++ b/www/porting.html @@ -32,7 +32,7 @@ - + diff --git a/www/quantize.html b/www/quantize.html index f6095b85f..d399e2f9d 100644 --- a/www/quantize.html +++ b/www/quantize.html @@ -1,51 +1,46 @@ - - + + - - + + ImageMagick: Color Reduction Utilizing Adaptive Spatial Subdivision - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + - + - + - + - +

@@ -82,18 +69,12 @@ google_ad_height = 90; //--> - +
- + - +

@@ -145,7 +126,7 @@ Magick++

-
+
Install from Source

@@ -171,7 +152,7 @@
Site Map
-
+
Links

@@ -181,49 +162,20 @@

- +

-
- + +

ImageMagick Color Reduction
-
[Algorithm Description • Measuring Color Reduction Error]
+
[Algorithm Description â¢ Measuring Color Reduction Error]

This document describes how ImageMagick performs color reduction on an image. To fully understand what follows, you should have a knowledge of basic imaging techniques and the tree data structure and terminology.
@@ -356,8 +308,8 @@ - Discourse Server • - Studio • + Discourse Server â¢ + Studio â¢ JqMagick diff --git a/www/resources.html b/www/resources.html index 470f6669e..be550400e 100644 --- a/www/resources.html +++ b/www/resources.html @@ -1,51 +1,46 @@ - - + + - - + + ImageMagick: Resources - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + - + - + - + - +

@@ -82,18 +69,12 @@ google_ad_height = 90; //--> - +
- + - +

@@ -145,7 +126,7 @@ Magick++

-
+
Install from Source

@@ -171,7 +152,7 @@
Site Map
-
+
Links

@@ -181,49 +162,20 @@

- +

-
- + +

Customize ImageMagick With Resources
-
[Configuration Files • Modules • Fonts • Environment Variables]
+
[Configuration Files â¢ Modules â¢ Fonts â¢ Environment Variables]

ImageMagick depends on a number of external resources including configuration files, loadable modules, fonts, and environment variables.
@@ -247,7 +199,7 @@
A number of command line options require a color parameter. It is often convenient to refer to a color by name (e.g. white) rather than by hex value (e.g. #fff). This file maps a color name to its equivalent red, green, blue, and alpha intensities (e.g. for white, red = 255, green = 255, blue = 255, and alpha = 0).
-
configure.xml
+
configure.xml

Set ImageMagick build parameters and system-wide environment variables (e.g. MAGICK_TEMPORARY_PATH).
As ImageMagick is built, a number of build parameters are saved to this configuration file. They include the version, release date, dependent delegate libraries, and quantum depth among others.
@@ -298,7 +250,7 @@ file or data stream.

By default any coder, delegate, filter, or file path is permitted. Use a policy to deny access to, for example, the MPEG video delegate, or permit reading images from a file system but deny writing to that same file system. Or use the resource policy to set resource limits. Policies are useful for multi-user servers that want to limit the overall impact ImageMagick has on the system. For example, to limit the maximum image size in memory to 100MB:

- <policy domain="resource" name="area" value="100MB"/> + <policy domain="resource" name="area" value="100MB"/>

Any image larger than this area limit is cached to disk rather than memory.
@@ -306,7 +258,7 @@ file or data stream.

To limit the elapsed time of any ImageMagick command to 5 minutes, use this policy:

- <policy domain="resource" name="time" value="300"/> + <policy domain="resource" name="time" value="300"/>

Define arguments for the memory, map, area, and disk resources with SI prefixes (.e.g 100MB). In addition, resource policies are maximums for each instance of ImageMagick (e.g. policy memory limit 1GB, the -limit 2GB option exceeds policy maximum so memory limit is 1GB).

@@ -336,7 +288,7 @@ file or data stream.

$MAGICK_CONFIGURE_PATH $PREFIX/etc/ImageMagick - $PREFIX/share/ImageMagick-7.0.0 + $PREFIX/share/ImageMagick-6.8.6 $HOME/.magick/ <client path>/etc/ImageMagick/
@@ -348,8 +300,8 @@ file or data stream.

$MAGICK_CONFIGURE_PATH $MAGICK_HOME/etc/ImageMagick - $MAGICK_HOME/share/ImageMagick-7.0.0 - $PREFIX/share/ImageMagick-7.0.0 + $MAGICK_HOME/share/ImageMagick-6.8.6 + $PREFIX/share/ImageMagick-6.8.6 $HOME/.magick/ <client path>/etc/ImageMagick/ <current directory> @@ -365,7 +317,7 @@ file or data stream.
<client path>
-
Above, $PREFIX is the default install path, typically c:\\Program Files\\ImageMagick-7.0.0.
+
Above, $PREFIX is the default install path, typically c:\\Program Files\\ImageMagick-6.8.6.

For an uninstalled Windows installation, the configuration load order is:
@@ -388,23 +340,23 @@ file or data stream.

An image coder (i.e. encoder / decoder) is responsible for registering, optionally classifying, optionally reading, optionally writing, and unregistering one image format (e.g. PNG, GIF, JPEG, etc.). ImageMagick searches for coders in the following order and it uses the first match found:

- $MAGICK_HOME/lib/ImageMagick-7.0.0/modules-Q16/coders/ - <client path>/../lib/ImageMagick-7.0.0/modules-Q16/coders/ - $MAGICK_HOME/lib/ImageMagick-7.0.0/modules-Q16/coders - $MAGICK_HOME/share/ImageMagick-7.0.0/modules-Q16/coders + $MAGICK_HOME/lib/ImageMagick-6.8.6/modules-Q16/coders/ + <client path>/../lib/ImageMagick-6.8.6/modules-Q16/coders/ + $MAGICK_HOME/lib/ImageMagick-6.8.6/modules-Q16/coders + $MAGICK_HOME/share/ImageMagick-6.8.6/modules-Q16/coders $HOME/.magick/ - <client path>/lib/ImageMagick-7.0.0/modules-Q16/coders + <client path>/lib/ImageMagick-6.8.6/modules-Q16/coders

Filters

ImageMagick provides a convenient mechanism for adding your own custom image processing algorithms. ImageMagick searches for filters in the following order and it uses the first match found:

- $MAGICK_HOME/lib/ImageMagick-7.0.0/modules-Q16/filters/ - <client path>/../lib/ImageMagick-7.0.0/modules-Q16/filters/ - $MAGICK_HOME/lib/ImageMagick-7.0.0/modules-Q16/filters - $MAGICK_HOME/share/ImageMagick-7.0.0/modules-Q16/filters + $MAGICK_HOME/lib/ImageMagick-6.8.6/modules-Q16/filters/ + <client path>/../lib/ImageMagick-6.8.6/modules-Q16/filters/ + $MAGICK_HOME/lib/ImageMagick-6.8.6/modules-Q16/filters + $MAGICK_HOME/share/ImageMagick-6.8.6/modules-Q16/filters $HOME/.magick/ - <client path>/lib/ImageMagick-7.0.0/modules-Q16/filters + <client path>/lib/ImageMagick-6.8.6/modules-Q16/filters

@@ -417,7 +369,7 @@ file or data stream.

$MAGICK_CONFIGURE_PATH $MAGICK_HOME/etc/ImageMagick/ - $MAGICK_HOME/share/ImageMagick-7.0.0/ + $MAGICK_HOME/share/ImageMagick-6.8.6/ $HOME/.magick/ <client path>/etc/ImageMagick/ $MAGICK_FONT_PATH @@ -494,8 +446,8 @@ file or data stream.
- Discourse Server • - Studio • + Discourse Server â¢ + Studio â¢ JqMagick diff --git a/www/search.html b/www/search.html index 378a619c2..008f695cb 100644 --- a/www/search.html +++ b/www/search.html @@ -1,51 +1,46 @@ - - + + - - + + ImageMagick: Search - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + - + - + - + - +

@@ -82,18 +69,12 @@ google_ad_height = 90; //--> - +
- + - +

@@ -145,7 +126,7 @@ Magick++

-
+
Install from Source

@@ -171,7 +152,7 @@
Site Map
-
+
Links

@@ -181,43 +162,14 @@

- +

-
- + +

@@ -228,15 +180,15 @@ - - + + - - + + - + @@ -263,8 +215,8 @@ - Discourse Server • - Studio • + Discourse Server â¢ + Studio â¢ JqMagick diff --git a/www/sitemap.html b/www/sitemap.html index 04735b7ca..c394e35fd 100644 --- a/www/sitemap.html +++ b/www/sitemap.html @@ -1,51 +1,46 @@ - - + + - - + + ImageMagick: Site Map - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + - + - + - + - +

@@ -82,18 +69,12 @@ google_ad_height = 90; //--> - +
- + - +

@@ -145,7 +126,7 @@ Magick++

-
+
Install from Source

@@ -171,7 +152,7 @@
Site Map
-
+
Links

@@ -181,49 +162,20 @@

- +

-
- + +

ImageMagick Site Map
-
[ImageMagick Overview • Download ImageMagick • Install ImageMagick • Command-line Tools • Program Interfaces • Image Formats • Getting Help • Support ImageMagick • Miscellaneous Topics]
+
[ImageMagick Overview â¢ Download ImageMagick â¢ Install ImageMagick â¢ Command-line Tools â¢ Program Interfaces â¢ Image Formats â¢ Getting Help â¢ Support ImageMagick â¢ Miscellaneous Topics]

@@ -394,8 +346,8 @@ - Discourse Server • - Studio • + Discourse Server â¢ + Studio â¢ JqMagick diff --git a/www/stream.html b/www/stream.html index 523db5203..28f510585 100644 --- a/www/stream.html +++ b/www/stream.html @@ -1,52 +1,46 @@ - - - + + - - + + ImageMagick: Command-line Tools: Stream - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + - + - + - + - +

@@ -83,18 +69,12 @@ google_ad_height = 90; //--> - +
- + - +

@@ -146,7 +126,7 @@ Magick++

-
+
Install from Source

@@ -172,7 +152,7 @@
Site Map
-
+
Links

@@ -182,49 +162,20 @@

- +

-
- + +

ImageMagick Stream Command-line Tool
-
[Example Usage • Option Summary]
+
[Example Usage â¢ Option Summary]

Stream is a lightweight tool to stream one or more pixel components of the image or portion of the image to your choice of storage formats. It writes the pixel components as they are read from the input image a row at a time making stream desirable when working with large images or when you require raw pixel components.
@@ -235,13 +186,13 @@
We list a few examples of the stream command here to illustrate its usefulness and ease of use. To get started, lets stream the red, green, blue components of a 640x480 JPEG image to disk as unsigned characters:
-
$ stream -map rgb -storage-type char image.jpg pixels.dat $ display -depth 8 -size 640x480 rgb:pixels.dat
+
$ stream -map rgb -storage-type char image.jpg pixels.dat $ display -depth 8 -size 640x480 rgb:pixels.dat

Here we extract a 100x100 region from a TIFF image in the grayscale format as doubles:
-
$ stream -map i -storage-type double -extract 100x100+30+40 image.tif gray.raw
+
$ stream -map i -storage-type double -extract 100x100+30+40 image.tif gray.raw

You can also associate the region to extract with the image filename:
-
$ stream -map i -storage-type double 'image.tif[100x100+30+40]' gray.raw
+
$ stream -map i -storage-type double 'image.tif[100x100+30+40]' gray.raw

Option Summary
@@ -422,8 +373,8 @@ - Discourse Server • - Studio • + Discourse Server â¢ + Studio â¢ JqMagick diff --git a/www/subversion.html b/www/subversion.html index 937527b6c..34ae668b3 100644 --- a/www/subversion.html +++ b/www/subversion.html @@ -1,51 +1,46 @@ - - + + - - + + ImageMagick: Subversion - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + - + - + - + - +

@@ -82,18 +69,12 @@ google_ad_height = 90; //--> - +
- + - +

@@ -145,7 +126,7 @@ Magick++

-
+
Install from Source

@@ -171,7 +152,7 @@
Site Map
-
+
Links

@@ -181,43 +162,14 @@

- +

-
- + +

@@ -230,15 +182,15 @@
To retrieve, or check out ImageMagick stable, use this command:
-
$ svn co \
-https://www.imagemagick.org/subversion/ImageMagick/branches/ImageMagick-7.0.0 \
-ImageMagick-7.0.0
+
$ svn co \

+https://www.imagemagick.org/subversion/ImageMagick/branches/ImageMagick-6.8.6 \

+ImageMagick-6.8.6

To retrieve, or check out ImageMagick development, use this command:
-
$ svn co https://www.imagemagick.org/subversion/ImageMagick/trunk ImageMagick
+
$ svn co https://www.imagemagick.org/subversion/ImageMagick/trunk ImageMagick

To update the sources within a previously checked out directory, execute:
-
$ svn update
+
$ svn update

and only the files which have changed are updated.

@@ -248,8 +200,8 @@ ImageMagick-7.0.0
- Discourse Server • - Studio • + Discourse Server â¢ + Studio â¢ JqMagick diff --git a/www/support.html b/www/support.html index 2ab77b0f1..9357c80f7 100644 --- a/www/support.html +++ b/www/support.html @@ -31,7 +31,7 @@ - + diff --git a/www/t-shirt.html b/www/t-shirt.html index 33648a097..0edebd036 100644 --- a/www/t-shirt.html +++ b/www/t-shirt.html @@ -1,51 +1,46 @@ - - + + - - + + ImageMagick: Logo T-Shirt - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + - + - + - + - +

@@ -82,18 +69,12 @@ google_ad_height = 90; //--> - +
- + - +

@@ -145,7 +126,7 @@ Magick++

-
+
Install from Source

@@ -171,7 +152,7 @@
Site Map
-
+
Links

@@ -181,43 +162,14 @@

- +

-
- + +

@@ -225,7 +177,7 @@
ImageMagick T-shirt

-
+

@@ -233,12 +185,12 @@ Make a Donation
Help support the ImageMagick project with a donation of $35.00 USD (or more) and we will acknowledge your gift with this Hanes Beefy-T logoed t-shirt. Press the donate button to contribute thru Paypal or with a credit card:

- - - - - -
@@ -262,8 +214,8 @@ - Discourse Server • - Studio • + Discourse Server â¢ + Studio â¢ JqMagick diff --git a/www/webp.html b/www/webp.html index 21168304d..0d292240b 100644 --- a/www/webp.html +++ b/www/webp.html @@ -1,52 +1,46 @@ - - - + + - - + + ImageMagick: WebP Encoding Options - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + - + - + - + - +

@@ -83,18 +69,12 @@ google_ad_height = 90; //--> - +
- + - +

@@ -146,7 +126,7 @@ Magick++

-
+
Install from Source

@@ -172,7 +152,7 @@
Site Map
-
+
Links

@@ -182,43 +162,14 @@

- +

-
- + +

@@ -235,7 +186,7 @@
Use this command:
-
$ convert wizard.png -quality 50 -define webp:lossless=true wizard.webp
+
$ convert wizard.png -quality 50 -define webp:lossless=true wizard.webp

Here is a complete list of WebP encoding options:

@@ -265,8 +216,8 @@ - Discourse Server • - Studio • + Discourse Server â¢ + Studio â¢ JqMagick

ImageMagick COM+ Compatible Component

Introduction to the ImageMagickObject COM+ Object

Magick::Blob

Magick::CoderInfo

Magick::Color

Quantum

PixelPacket

Color Class

ColorRGB

ColorGray

ColorMono

ColorHSL

ColorYUV

Magick::Drawable

Vector Path Classes

The "moveto" commands

The "closepath" command

The "lineto" commands

The curve commands

The cubic Bézier curve commands

The quadratic Bézier curve commands

The elliptical arc curve commands

Enumerations

Magick::Exception Classes

Special Format Characters

Magick::Geometry

Geometry +Specifications

ImageMagick +Extensions To Geometry Specifications

Postscript Page Size Extension +To Geometry Specifications

Geometry Methods

Magick::Image Class

Quick Contents

BLOBs

Constructors

Image Manipulation +Methods

Image Attributes

Low-Level Image Pixel Access

Magick::Image Data Structures

Magick::Montage Class

Plain Montages

Framed Montages

PixelPacket Structure

Magick::Pixels

Magick++ STL Support

Magick++ Unary Function Objects

Query Image Format Support

Obtaining A Color Histogram

Magick::TypeMetric

ImageMagick Advanced Unix Installation

Mac OS X-specific Build instructions

Dealing with Unexpected Problems

Dynamic Linker Run-time Bindings

Delegate Libraries

PerlMagick

ImageMagick Advanced Windows Installation

Build PerlMagick

Create the Self-installing ImageMagick Binary Distribution

Install the Binary Distribution

Building Your Custom Project

ImageMagick Animate Command-line Tool

Convert, Edit, or Compose Images With Your Favorite Programming Language

The Magick Behind ImageMagick

Download Binary Releases

ImageMagick Changelog

Enciphering and Deciphering Images

Decipher an Image

Encipher and Decipher Caveats

ImageMagick Color Names

Command-line Processing

Explicit Image Format

Built-in Images and Patterns

STDIN, STDOUT, and file descriptors

Selecting Frames

Inline Image Resize

Inline Image Crop

Filename References

Image Operator

Image Sequence Operator

Image Geometry

Basic adjustments to width and height; the operators %, ^, and !

Basic adjustments to width and height; the operators `%`, `^`, and `!`